Music Theory with DV Language ๐Ÿ“˜ By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (MKR: Messiah King RKY) with the assistance of AI




  1. ๐Ÿ“˜ Music Theory with DV Language

    By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY)
    with the assistance of AI

    Table of Contents


    Preface

    • Why DV Language? A Universal Music Notation

    • Who this book is for

    • How to use this book

    Introduction – Music as a Universal Code

    • Music as language

    • Limits of traditional notation

    • The birth of DV Language


    Part I – Foundations of DV Language

    Chapter 1 – What is DV Language?

    • Origins and goals

    • Differences from staff notation

    • First examples

    Chapter 2 – Reading & Writing DV

    • Scale degrees (1–7, 8)

    • Rhythm letters (Q, H, W, E, S)

    • Octaves and octave markers

    • Symbols for ties, rests, extensions

    Chapter 3 – The Scale in DV

    • Example: C major scale in DV

    • Minor scales and modes

    • Transposition with numbers

    Chapter 4 – Rhythm & Time in DV

    • Simple and compound meters

    • Durations and rests

    • Polyrhythm notation

    Chapter 5 – Harmony Basics

    • Chords in DV (1+3+5)

    • Triads and seventh chords

    • Basic progressions


    Part II – Practical Applications

    Chapter 6 – DV for Instruments

    • Piano notation in DV

    • Guitar chords and tablature

    • Violin, flute, and others

    Chapter 7 – DV for Drums & Percussion

    • Kick, snare, hi-hat patterns

    • African and Latin grooves

    • Drum set exercises

    Chapter 8 – DV for Voice

    • Writing melodies for singers

    • Solfege in DV

    • Choir harmonies

    Chapter 9 – DV for DJs & Producers

    • Writing loops and samples

    • Electronic beats in DV

    • Sequencing and remixing

    Chapter 10 – African & World Rhythms

    • African drumming in DV

    • Middle Eastern and Indian rhythms

    • Global polyrhythms

    Chapter 11 – Comparing DV to Traditional Notation

    • Side-by-side examples

    • Bach, Mozart, and Jazz standards

    • Benefits and limitations


    Part III – Advanced Studies

    Chapter 12 – Counterpoint & Polyphony

    • Two-voice counterpoint

    • Canon and fugue examples

    • Layering voices in DV

    Chapter 13 – Harmony & Modulation

    • Secondary dominants in DV

    • Chromaticism and modulation

    • Extended harmonies

    Chapter 14 – Form & Analysis

    • Binary and ternary forms

    • Sonata and symphony outlines

    • Pop song structures

    Chapter 15 – DV for Composition

    • Step-by-step process

    • From sketch to full score

    • Writing for ensembles

    Chapter 16 – DV in Improvisation

    • Jazz and blues improvisation

    • Real-time DV notation

    • Improvised ensembles


    Part IV – Expanding the Language

    Chapter 17 – DV Beyond Music

    • Dance and theater cues

    • Body movement notation

    • Rhythm for performance arts

    Chapter 18 – DV for AI & Robotics

    • DV as machine-readable code

    • AI composition with DV

    • Human–machine collaboration

    Chapter 19 – Education with DV

    • High school and university use

    • DV for self-learners

    • Curriculum design


    Chapter 20 – Summary & Outlook

    • Recap of DV Language principles

    • Achievements and strengths

    • Future applications: education, AI, culture, publishing

    • Closing vision: DV as a universal script of sound

    • ๐Ÿ“– Chapter 21 – Masterpieces in DV Language


    ๐Ÿ“‘ Appendices

    • Quick Reference Sheet

    • Practice Exercises


  2. ๐Ÿ“˜ Music Theory with DV Language

    By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (MKR: Messiah King RKY)
    with the assistance of AI


    ๐Ÿ“– Preface

    This book is written for everyone who wants to study music — from curious beginners to advanced musicians, from high school learners to university students, from hobbyists to professionals.

    Music is often called a universal language, but traditional notation can be difficult and discouraging for those who did not grow up reading staff lines and clefs. Many people love music, play instruments, or sing, yet feel excluded from deeper study because the notation system seems too complicated.

    DV Language (David Violin Language) changes that. It is a simple, textual, intuitive way to write and read music. Using numbers for pitch (degrees), letters for durations, and a few clear symbols for rhythm and octave, DV makes music as easy to read as a sentence.

    This book brings together:

    • Fundamentals – so that even complete beginners can learn step by step.

    • Theory and Analysis – so advanced students and academics can explore harmony, counterpoint, and form in DV.

    • Practical Tools – so hobbyists, songwriters, DJs, and improvisers can write their ideas quickly.

    • Modern Applications – so AI, robotics, and computer music systems can use DV as a universal notation.

    By the end of this book, you will be able to:

    • Read and write melodies, rhythms, and harmonies in DV.

    • Understand how scales, chords, and progressions work.

    • Analyze music from classical, jazz, pop, and world traditions.

    • Compose and improvise using DV notation.

    • Connect music theory to technology, AI, and modern creativity.

    Music is a gift for everyone. With DV Language, learning music becomes open, simple, and universal.


Chapter 1 — Introduction to Music & DV Language

1.1 What is Music Theory?

Music theory studies how music functions in terms of PITCH, RHYTHM, HARMONY, and FORM.
DV Language is a precise, text-based notation that encodes these elements with minimal symbols and clear rules.

1.2 Why DV Language?

DV (David Violin) Language is:

  • SYSTEMATIC — numeric degrees, explicit octaves, exact durations.

  • UNIVERSAL — typable on any keyboard and adaptable to any spoken language.

  • PRECISE — unambiguous tokens that machines can parse and humans can read.
    DV complements staff notation by offering a parallel, compact, and computationally clear script.

1.3 DV Notation: Core Elements

A note token has three parts:

FORMAT: DEGREE.OCTAVE DURATION

  • DEGREE = 1–7 (relative to the current KEY).

  • OCTAVE = integer (…, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3, …).

    • Example: Mi1Q means Mi in OCTAVE 1, Quarter (letter style).

    • Mi0 or Mi-1 indicates lower octaves as needed.

  • DURATION = note length.

1.3.1 Durations (two options)

  • LETTER DURATIONS: W, H, Q, E, S = Whole, Half, Quarter, Eighth, Sixteenth.

    • Q = 1/4 (explicitly).

  • FRACTION DURATIONS: 1/1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 (no letters).

Both styles are valid and may be shown side by side.

1.3.2 Relative vs Absolute Pitch Notation

  • RELATIVE (preferred in teaching): DEGREE.OCTAVE DURATION

    • 4.1 1/4 = DEGREE 4, OCTAVE 1, DURATION 1/4.

    • 6.1 1/4 = DEGREE 6, OCTAVE 1, DURATION 1/4.

    • 1.2 1/4 = DEGREE 1, OCTAVE 2, DURATION 1/4.

    • (If KEY = C major, these correspond to Fa, La, Do respectively; the KEY must be stated to use solfรจge/letter names.)

  • ABSOLUTE (continuous degrees): keep counting degrees across octaves

    • Octave 1 → 1–7; Octave 2 → 8–14; Octave 3 → 15–21; …

    • Thus 1.2absolute 8; 3.2absolute 10, etc.

  • Example of chord that is written for a quarter-note duration: 4(1/4)+6(1/4)+8(1/4) or (4+6+8)Q or (Fa1+La1+Do2)Q or FmajQ.

1.3.3 Bars and Grouping

Bars use vertical lines: | … |. Semicolons or spaces can separate tokens; keep a consistent style.

1.4 Silence and Mute

  • REST: R DURATION or 0 DURATION

    • Examples: RQ, R1/4, 0Q, 0 1/4.

  • MUTE: M before a note indicates a written rhythmic slot that is silent.

    • Example: 1.1 1/4 M1.1 1/4 3.1 1/4
      (quarter on DEGREE 1, muted quarter on the same position, quarter on DEGREE 3).

Recommendation: Use 0 for REST consistently in simple grooves; retain R as the formal alternative in text.

1.5 Examples

1.5.1 Scale (KEY must be declared if mapping to letters is desired)

Relative (C major, Octave 1 ascending):
| 1.1 1/4 2.1 1/4 3.1 1/4 4.1 1/4 5.1 1/4 6.1 1/4 7.1 1/4 1.2 1/4 |

Absolute:
| 1 1/4 2 1/4 3 1/4 4 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/4 8 1/4 |

1.5.2 Melody (Twinkle Twinkle — KEY stated for readers; tokens remain degree-based)

Relative:

| 1.1 1/4 1.1 1/4 5.1 1/4 5.1 1/4 | 6.1 1/4 6.1 1/4 5.1 1/2 |
| 4.1 1/4 4.1 1/4 3.1 1/4 3.1 1/4 | 2.1 1/4 2.1 1/4 1.1 1/2 |

Absolute:

| 1 1/4 1 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 | 6 1/4 6 1/4 5 1/2 |
| 4 1/4 4 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 | 2 1/4 2 1/4 1 1/2 |

1.5.3 Chords (abstract degrees; KEY required to realize pitches)

Relative:

  • Triad 1: 4.1 1/4 + 6.1 1/4 + 1.2 1/4

  • Triad 2: 2.1 1/4 + 4.1 1/4 + 6.1 1/4
    (If KEY = C major, these correspond to F major and D minor respectively.)

Absolute (same voicings):

  • 4 1/4 + 6 1/4 + 8 1/4

  • 2 1/4 + 4 1/4 + 6 1/4

1.5.4 Rhythm with Rest and Mute

  • Relative: | 1.1 1/4 0 1/4 2.1 1/8 2.1 1/8 3.1 1/2 |

  • Mute inside bar: | 1.1 1/4 M1.1 1/4 3.1 1/4 0 1/4 |

1.6 Comparison with Staff Notation

  • Staff is symbolic; DV is textual-numeric.

  • Both are rigorous; DV emphasizes direct readability, exactness in OCTAVE/DURATION, and straightforward parsing.

1.7 Exercises

  1. C Major Scale (Octave 1):

    • Relative: 1.1 1/4 … 1.2 1/4

    • Absolute: 1 1/4 … 8 1/4

  2. Rhythm (4/4): write two quarters, four eighths, one half using both duration styles.

  3. Chords (Relative): write 4.1 1/4 + 6.1 1/4 + 1.2 1/4 and 2.1 1/4 + 4.1 1/4 + 6.1 1/4; then convert to Absolute.

  4. REST vs MUTE: compose a 1-bar pattern that uses 0 1/4 and M distinctly.

1.8 Chapter Summary

  • A DV note token is DEGREE.OCTAVE DURATION (degree first, octave second).

  • Durations may be written as letters (W H Q E S; Q=1/4) or fractions (1/1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16).

  • REST can be 0 or R; MUTE uses M.

  • Relative and Absolute degree systems are both supported; declare the KEY when mapping to letter names.

  • ๐Ÿ“˜ Music Theory with DV Language
    By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY)
    with the assistance of AI


  • ๐Ÿ“˜ Music Theory with DV Language
    By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY)
    with the assistance of AI


    Chapter 1 – Technical Foundations of DV Language

    DV Language provides a structured system to represent pitch, duration, harmony, and rhythm in a precise textual format. This chapter expands on the technical aspects of notation.

    Notes and Degrees

    • Scale Degrees: Notes are written as numbers (1–7) representing scale positions.

    • Octaves: An appended numeral defines the octave, e.g., 1o2 = tonic in octave 2.

    • Absolute Notes – Two Options:

      • Lowercase Style (default DV): do1, re1, mi1, fa1, sol1, la1, ti1.

      • Capitalized Style (alternative DV): Do1, Re1, Mi1, Fa1, Sol1, La1, Ti1.
        Both are valid; lowercase is simpler for fast writing and AI parsing, while capitalized is preferred for educational or formal contexts.

    • Absolute by Degree or Octave:

      • Degree-based: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (relative to scale).

      • Absolute with octave: 1.1, 2.1, 3.1 … 1.2 (degree with explicit octave using dot notation).

      • Example: 1.1Q = tonic in first octave, quarter duration; 5.3H = dominant in third octave, half duration.

    • Duration Markers:

      • Q = quarter note (1/4)

      • H = half note (1/2)

      • W = whole note (1/1)

      • E = eighth (1/8)

      • S = sixteenth (1/16)

    • Examples:

      • 3Q = mediant, quarter duration.

      • fa2H / Fa2H / 4.2H = F in octave 2, half duration.

    Chords and Harmony

    • Triads: Written as grouped degrees, e.g., (1+3+5)Q.

    • Extended Chords: Add further degrees: (1+3+5+7)Q = 7th chord.

    • Quality Markers:

      • maj = major, min = minor, dim = diminished, aug = augmented.

      • Cmaj7H, AmQ, BdimE.

    • Inversions: Use / notation: C/EQ = C major chord with E in bass.

    • Arpeggios: Represented by separating chord tones sequentially, e.g., 1E 3E 5E 8E.

    Drum and Percussion Notation

    • Basic Symbols:

      • K = Kick

      • S = Snare

      • Hc = Hi-hat closed, Ho = Hi-hat open

      • T1, T2, T3 = Toms

      • Cr = Crash cymbal, Rd = Ride cymbal

    • Durations apply equally: KQ, SQ, HcE.

    • Polyrhythm: Combine multiple instruments in parallel with +.

      • Example: KQ + HcE + SQ = kick on beat, hi-hat eighths, snare accent.

    Complex Rhythm Structures

    • Tuplets: Indicated by brackets.

      • Numeric example: 1[3:2]E 2[3:2]E 3[3:2]E = triplet subdivision.

      • DV note example (aligned with count): Do1[1/3]Q Re1[2/3]Q Mi1[3/3]Q = C, D, E as three equal triplet notes within one quarter beat, moving with the triplet count.

      • Degree-octave dot example: 1.1[1/3]Q 2.1[2/3]Q 3.1[3/3]Q = degrees 1, 2, 3 in octave 1 as triplets.

    • Syncopation: Shown with ties (-) across beats: 1Q-2E or Do1Q-Re1E.

    Integration Example

    Melody + Drum layer:

    • Melody (capitalized): Do1Q Re1Q Mi1Q Fa1Q

    • Melody (lowercase): do1Q re1Q mi1Q fa1Q

    • Harmony: (1+3+5)H on beats 1–2, (4+6+1)H on beats 3–4

    • Drums: KQ ; HcE+SQ ; KQ ; HcE+SQ

    • Triplet example: Do1[1/3]Q Re1[2/3]Q Mi1[3/3]Q or degree-octave form 1.1[1/3]Q 2.1[2/3]Q 3.1[3/3]Q with drum support K[1/3]Q + Hc[1/3]Q

    Summary of Chapter 1

    This chapter defined the technical syntax of DV Language, covering:

    • Absolute and relative pitch with lowercase and capitalized options.

    • Degree with octave dot notation (1.1, 2.1, etc.).

    • Chord construction and qualities.

    • Drum/percussion system with layering.

    • Tuplets, syncopation, and rhythmic structures (with DV note triplets that move with the count).

    With these tools, DV can describe full orchestral, band, or digital arrangements precisely in text.

  • ๐Ÿ“˜ Music Theory with DV Language
    By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY)
    with the assistance of AI


    Chapter 1 – The Musical Box

    In DV Language, every bar of music is represented as a musical box. The box is the essential unit of structure: it defines time, rhythm, and organization. Instead of writing on staff lines, musicians write inside boxes that always correspond to the measure length.

    Principles of the Musical Box

    • Each | ... | = one bar (box).

      • |: = repeat start

      • :| = repeat end

    • A double vertical line || marks the end of a phrase or section.

    • Inside the box, durations must add up to the total measure (e.g., four quarter notes in 4/4).

    • Boxes can hold melody, chords, rhythm, or all of them combined.

    • Boxes are placed sequentially to build full compositions: Box 1, Box 2, Box 3 …

    Examples of Musical Boxes

    1. Simple Melody Box (4/4):
      | Do1Q ; Re1Q ; Mi1Q ; Fa1Q ||
      ➡ Four quarter notes forming a bar.

    2. Two Sequential Boxes (Scale):
      | Do1Q ; Re1Q ; Mi1Q ; Fa1Q | Sol1Q ; La1Q ; Si1Q ; Do2Q ||
      ➡ A C major scale spread over two boxes.

    3. Chord Box:
      | (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1)Q ; (5+7+2)Q ; (6+1+3)Q ||
      ➡ A harmonic progression in one box.

    4. Chord Box:
      `| CQ ; FQ ; GmajQ ; AmQ ||
      ➡ Degrees progression: I – IV – V – vi
      ➡ Real chords (in C major) inside the box

    5. Drum Box (Groove):
      | KQ + HcE ; HcE ; HcE + SQ ; KQ + HcE ; HcE ; HcE + SQ ||
      ➡ Kick, hi-hat, and snare inside a rhythmic box.

    6. Triplet Box (Moving with Count):
      | Do1[1/3]Q Re1[2/3]Q Mi1[3/3]Q ||
      ➡ Three equal triplet notes filling one beat inside a box.

    7. Mixed Box (Melody + Drums):
      | Do1Q + KQ ; Re1Q + HcE ; Mi1Q + SQ ; Fa1Q + KQ ||
      ➡ Melody and rhythm written together in one box.

    Summary

    The musical box is the DV system’s time container. It replaces the traditional measure, making music easy to write, read, and structure. Shox (short examples) show how boxes can represent melody, harmony, rhythm, and mixed layers, always ending with || to close the section.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 2 – Sound, Pitch & Frequency in DV


2.1 What is Sound?

Sound is a physical vibration of air (or another medium) measured in frequency (Hz), amplitude (volume), and timbre (tone color).

  • Frequency (Hz): number of vibrations per second → determines pitch.

  • Amplitude: strength of vibration → determines loudness.

  • Waveform / Spectrum: harmonic content → determines tone color (piano vs violin on same note).

In DV, pitch is described numerically (Degree.Octave), which can be mapped directly to frequency values.


2.2 Pitch and Frequency

Western music divides the octave into 12 equal semitones (equal temperament).
The standard reference is A4 = 440 Hz.

The frequency of any note can be calculated:

f(n)=440×2(n49)/12f(n) = 440 \times 2^{(n-49)/12}

where n is the MIDI note number (A4 = 49).

DV notes map to this system by Degree + Octave.


2.3 Mapping DV to Frequencies

2.3.1 Relative DV (Degree.Octave)

Each DV token (Degree.Octave) corresponds to an exact frequency when the KEY and tuning are defined.

Example (KEY = C major, Octave 1):

  • 1.1 (Do1) = ~261.63 Hz (C4 in staff notation).

  • 3.1 (Mi1) = ~329.63 Hz (E4).

  • 5.1 (Sol1) = ~392.00 Hz (G4).

2.3.2 Absolute DV

Absolute numbering removes KEY dependency by counting continuously.

  • Absolute 1 = C in Octave 1 (~261.63 Hz).

  • Absolute 8 = C in Octave 2 (~523.25 Hz).

  • Absolute 10 = E in Octave 2 (~659.25 Hz).

This form is highly useful in computer systems, AI, and robotics.


2.4 Equal Temperament and Alternatives

DV defaults to equal temperament, where each octave doubles in frequency (2:1 ratio) and is divided into 12 equal steps.

  • Advantages: universal tuning, simple mapping, consistent across instruments.

  • Limitations: slight compromises in pure intervals (e.g., major third not exact 5:4).

Alternative tuning systems (just intonation, meantone, Pythagorean) can also be described in DV, but equal temperament remains the reference standard.


2.5 Octaves and Frequency Doubling

Each octave represents a doubling of frequency.

  • Example: Do1 = 261.63 Hz, Do2 = 523.25 Hz, Do3 = 1046.50 Hz.

  • In DV: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 → each is 2× the previous.

  • Quarter of 261.63 Hz (Do1) at DV language: 261.63HzQ

This makes DV notation mathematically aligned with acoustic reality.


2.6 Practical Example in DV

Relative system (C major):

Scale in Octave 1 → | 1.1Q 2.1Q 3.1Q 4.1Q 5.1Q 6.1Q 7.1Q 1.2Q |

Frequencies (Hz):
C4 = 261.63, D4 = 293.66, E4 = 329.63, F4 = 349.23, G4 = 392.00, A4 = 440.00, B4 = 493.88, C5 = 523.25

Absolute system:

Scale → | 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 5Q 6Q 7Q 8Q |

Directly corresponds to same Hz values.


2.7 Exercises

  1. Write the DV tokens for the C major scale in Octave 2. Write the corresponding frequencies.

  2. Convert the chord 4.1 1/4 + 6.1 1/4 + 1.2 1/4 into absolute notation and list each frequency.

  3. Explain why 1.3 is exactly double the frequency of 1.2.

  4. Calculate the frequency of 5.2 (Sol2) using the 12-TET formula.


2.8 Chapter Summary

  • Sound is vibration, measured in frequency (Hz).

  • DV notation (Degree.Octave) maps directly to frequency values when KEY and tuning are specified.

  • Relative notation is educational and KEY-based.

  • Absolute notation is linear and computationally efficient.

  • Each OCTAVE doubles frequency, aligning DV with acoustic laws.

DV thus connects the abstract structure of music directly to physical sound.



  • Chapter 1 – Introduction to Music & DV Language

  • Chapter 2 – Sound, Pitch & Frequency in DV

Next in the outline is:

๐Ÿ‘‰ Chapter 3 – Rhythm & Meter in DV


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 3 – Rhythm & Meter in DV


3.1 What is Rhythm?

Rhythm is the organization of sounds and silences in time. It defines pulse, beat, meter, and duration. In DV, rhythm is written with durations (letters or fractions) and grouping symbols (bars).


3.2 Durations in DV

Two equivalent systems exist:

Letter System

  • W = Whole

  • H = Half

  • Q = Quarter

  • E = Eighth

  • S = Sixteenth

Fraction System

  • 1/1 = Whole

  • 1/2 = Half

  • 1/4 = Quarter

  • 1/8 = Eighth

  • 1/16 = Sixteenth

๐Ÿ‘‰ Both systems may be used in parallel.

  • Example: 1.1Q1.1 1/4


3.3 Bars and Time Signatures

Music is divided into measures (bars). DV uses | … | to mark a bar.

  • 4/4 time: 4 quarter notes per bar.

  • 3/4 time: 3 quarter notes per bar.

  • 6/8 time: 6 eighth notes per bar.

Example (4/4):

| 1.1Q 2.1Q 3.1Q 4.1Q |

= four quarter notes (Do, Re, Mi, Fa).


3.4 Rests and Silences

  • REST: R or 0 + duration.

  • Example: RQ, R1/4, 0Q, 0 1/4.

  • Example bar:

    | 1.1Q RQ 3.1Q 4.1Q |
    

    = Do, rest, Mi, Fa.


3.5 Mute vs Rest

  • REST = complete silence (no note, no attack).

  • MUTE (M) = note slot is written but silent (e.g., ghost note, muted string).

Example:

| 1.1Q M1.1Q 3.1Q 0Q |

= Do quarter, muted Do quarter, Mi quarter, rest quarter.


3.6 Rhythmic Grouping (Beams)

Eighth and sixteenth notes are often grouped.
DV allows grouping with parentheses ( … ) or explicit sequencing.

Example:

| (1.1E 2.1E) (3.1E 4.1E) |

= four eighth notes grouped in pairs.


3.7 Compound and Irregular Meters

  • 6/8 time:

    | 1.1E 2.1E 3.1E 4.1E 5.1E 6.1E |
    
  • 5/4 time:

    | 1.1Q 2.1Q 3.1Q 4.1Q 5.1Q |
    

DV adapts to any meter because durations are explicit.


3.8 Polyrhythm in DV

Polyrhythm = multiple rhythms at once.
DV can notate each line independently:

Example (3 against 2):

  • Line A (triplets): | 1.1 1/3 2.1 1/3 3.1 1/3 |

  • Line B (duplets): | 1.1 1/2 3.1 1/2 |

Both can be synchronized in text.


3.9 Practical Examples

3.9.1 Basic Rhythm (4/4)

| 1.1Q 2.1Q 3.1Q 4.1Q |

3.9.2 Rhythm with Rest

| 1.1Q 0Q 3.1Q 4.1Q |

3.9.3 Syncopation

| 1.1E 0E 2.1Q 3.1E 4.1Q |

3.9.4 Mute in Groove

| 1.1Q M1.1Q 2.1Q 0Q |

3.10 Exercises

  1. Write a 4/4 bar with: two quarters, four eighths, one half note.

  2. Notate a 3/4 rhythm with one dotted half note.

  3. Show a bar that alternates note–rest–note–rest.

  4. Write a polyrhythm (3:2) using DV.


3.11 Chapter Summary

  • DV uses durations (letters or fractions) and bars | … |.

  • Rests = R or 0; Mute = M.

  • Works with all meters: simple, compound, irregular.

  • Polyrhythms can be written by combining independent lines.

DV provides a complete rhythmic notation system, consistent with its pitch notation.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 4 – Scales & Keys in DV


4.1 What is a Scale?

A scale is an ordered set of notes within an octave that defines the tonal framework of music.
Scales are the foundation for melody, harmony, and modulation.

In DV, scales are expressed in two parallel systems:

  1. Relative DV (Degree.Octave Duration)

    • Example: 3B.1Q = Degree 3, Major, Octave 1, Quarter note.

  2. Absolute DV (Continuous Degrees)

    • Example: 8Q = Degree 8 (the Do of Octave 2), Quarter note.

Each DV token corresponds to a note name (Do, Re, Mi… / C, D, E…) once the KEY is defined.


4.2 DV Quality and Alteration Markers

  • F = Full (Perfect) → unison, 4th, 5th, octave.

  • B = Big (Major)

  • S = Small (Minor)

  • # = Sharp (raise semitone)

  • b = Flat (lower semitone)

Format:
Degree[Quality][Accidental].Octave Duration

Examples:

  • 3B.1Q = Mi1 (E4), Major 3rd.

  • 3S.1Q = Mi♭1 (E♭4), Minor 3rd.

  • 5F.1H = Sol1 (G4), Perfect 5th.

  • 7Bb.1Q = Si♭1 (B♭4).


4.3 Major Scale Example – C Major (Do Major)

Pattern: W – W – H – W – W – W – H

DV (Relative, Octave 1 → 2):

1F.1Q  2B.1Q  3B.1Q  4F.1Q  5F.1Q  6B.1Q  7B.1Q  1F.2Q

Notes (solfรจge):

Do1   Re1   Mi1   Fa1   Sol1   La1   Si1   Do2

Notes (letters):

C4    D4    E4    F4    G4     A4    B4    C5

Absolute DV:

1Q  2Q  3Q  4Q  5Q  6Q  7Q  8Q

4.4 Minor Scale Example – A Minor (La Minor)

Pattern (Natural Minor): W – H – W – W – H – W – W

DV (Relative, Octave 1 → 2):

6S.1Q  7S.1Q  1F.2Q  2B.2Q  3S.2Q  4F.2Q  5F.2Q  6S.2Q

Notes (solfรจge):

La1   Si1   Do2   Re2   Mi2   Fa2   Sol2   La2

Notes (letters):

A4    B4    C5    D5    E5    F5    G5    A5

Absolute DV:

6Q  7Q  8Q  9Q  10Q  11Q  12Q  13Q

4.5 Harmonic and Melodic Minor

Harmonic Minor (raise 7th)

DV:

6S.1Q  7S.1Q  1F.2Q  2B.2Q  3S.2Q  4F.2Q  5F.2Q  7B#.2Q

Notes (A Harmonic Minor):

A   B   C   D   E   F   G#   A

Melodic Minor (ascending)

DV:

6S.1Q  7S.1Q  1F.2Q  2B.2Q  3S.2Q  5B.2Q  7B#.2Q  1F.3Q

Notes (A Melodic Minor):

A   B   C   D   E   F#   G#   A

4.6 Modes from the Major Scale

Modes are rotations of the major scale:

  • Ionian (Major): 1F 2B 3B 4F 5F 6B 7B → Do Re Mi Fa Sol La Si Do

  • Dorian: 2B 3S 4F 5F 6B 7S 1F → Re Mi Fa Sol La Si Do Re

  • Phrygian: 3S 4F 5F 6S 7S 1F 2S → Mi Fa Sol La Si Do Re Mi

  • Lydian: 4F 5F 6B 7B 1F 2B 3B → Fa Sol La Si Do Re Mi Fa

  • Mixolydian: 5F 6B 7B 1F 2B 3B 4F → Sol La Si Do Re Mi Fa Sol

  • Aeolian (Natural Minor): 6S 7S 1F 2B 3S 4F 5F → La Si Do Re Mi Fa Sol La

  • Locrian: 7S 1F 2S 3S 4F 5S 6S → Si Do Re Mi Fa Sol La Si


4.7 Chromatic Scale

DV (Relative, Octave 1):

1F.1 1/8 1F#.1 1/8 2B.1 1/8 2B#.1 1/8 3B.1 1/8
4F.1 1/8 4F#.1 1/8 5F.1 1/8 5F#.1 1/8 6B.1 1/8
6B#.1 1/8 7B.1 1/8 1F.2 1/8

Notes:
C, C#, D, D#, E, F, F#, G, G#, A, A#, B, C


4.8 Circle of Fifths

The circle of fifths organizes key signatures by sharps/flats.
In DV this is shown with accidentals attached to degrees:

  • C major: no sharps or flats → 1F–7B

  • G major: add 7B# (F#)

  • D major: add 3B#, 7B# (F#, C#)

  • A major: add 3B#, 6B#, 7B# (F#, C#, G#)

  • etc.


4.9 Exercises

  1. Write the C major scale in DV and solfรจge.

  2. Write A natural minor and convert it to harmonic minor.

  3. Construct the Dorian mode starting from Re1.

  4. Notate the chromatic scale in DV (Octave 1).

  5. Using DV, write the key signature of D major.


4.10 Chapter Summary

  • DV expresses scales in Relative (Degree.Octave) and Absolute (continuous degree) formats.

  • Quality markers (F, B, S, #, b) encode interval types and accidentals.

  • Each DV token maps to solfรจge names (Do, Re, Mi) and letter names (C, D, E).

  • Major, minor (natural, harmonic, melodic), modes, chromatic, and the circle of fifths are fully supported.

DV thus provides a universal, text-based notation for all tonal systems.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 5 – Intervals & Chords in DV


5.1 What is an Interval?

An interval is the distance between two notes.
Intervals are defined by:

  • Number (2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, etc.)

  • Quality (Perfect, Major, Minor, Augmented, Diminished)

  • Size in semitones

In DV, intervals are written with two tokens (or stacked with a plus sign +).


5.2 Interval Qualities in DV

  • F = Full (Perfect): unison, 4th, 5th, octave.

  • B = Big (Major): 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th in major form.

  • S = Small (Minor): 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th in minor form.

  • # = Sharp (Augmented): raise degree by semitone.

  • b = Flat (Diminished): lower degree by semitone.

Examples:

  • 1F.1Q → 1F.2Q = Perfect Octave (C to C).

  • 1F.1Q → 3B.1Q = Major 3rd (C to E).

  • 1F.1Q → 3S.1Q = Minor 3rd (C to E♭).

  • 5F.1Q → 7Bb.1Q = Diminished 7th (G to B♭).


5.3 Simple Intervals in DV (KEY = C Major)

Relative DV:

1F.1 → 2B.1 = Major 2nd = Do–Re = C–D
1F.1 → 3B.1 = Major 3rd = Do–Mi = C–E
1F.1 → 3S.1 = Minor 3rd = Do–Mi♭ = C–E♭
1F.1 → 4F.1 = Perfect 4th = Do–Fa = C–F
1F.1 → 5F.1 = Perfect 5th = Do–Sol = C–G
1F.1 → 6B.1 = Major 6th = Do–La = C–A
1F.1 → 6S.1 = Minor 6th = Do–La♭ = C–A♭
1F.1 → 7B.1 = Major 7th = Do–Si = C–B
1F.1 → 7S.1 = Minor 7th = Do–Si♭ = C–B♭

Absolute DV example:

1 → 4 = Major 3rd
1 → 3 = Minor 3rd

5.4 Compound Intervals in DV

Compound intervals extend beyond an octave.

Example (C to high E):

  • Relative: 1F.1 → 3B.2 = Major 10th (C4–E5).

  • Absolute: 1 → 10.


5.5 What is a Chord?

A chord is the simultaneous combination of three or more notes.
In DV, chords are written by stacking degrees with + signs.

Example (C Major Triad):

1F.1Q + 3B.1Q + 5F.1Q

= Do + Mi + Sol = C–E–G


5.6 Triads in DV

Major Triad (1, 3B, 5F):

1F.1Q + 3B.1Q + 5F.1Q

= Do–Mi–Sol (C–E–G)

Minor Triad (1, 3S, 5F):

1F.1Q + 3S.1Q + 5F.1Q

= Do–Mi♭–Sol (C–E♭–G)

Diminished Triad (1, 3S, 5b):

1F.1Q + 3S.1Q + 5Fb.1Q

= Do–Mi♭–Sol♭ (C–E♭–G♭)

Augmented Triad (1, 3B, 5#):

1F.1Q + 3B.1Q + 5F#.1Q

= Do–Mi–Sol♯ (C–E–G♯)


5.7 Seventh Chords in DV

Major 7th (1, 3B, 5F, 7B):

1F.1Q + 3B.1Q + 5F.1Q + 7B.1Q

= Cmaj7 = C–E–G–B

Dominant 7th (1, 3B, 5F, 7S):

1F.1Q + 3B.1Q + 5F.1Q + 7S.1Q

= C7 = C–E–G–B♭

Minor 7th (1, 3S, 5F, 7S):

1F.1Q + 3S.1Q + 5F.1Q + 7S.1Q

= Cm7 = C–E♭–G–B♭

Half-Diminished 7th (1, 3S, 5b, 7S):

1F.1Q + 3S.1Q + 5Fb.1Q + 7S.1Q

= Cรธ7 = C–E♭–G♭–B♭

Diminished 7th (1, 3S, 5b, 7bb):

1F.1Q + 3S.1Q + 5Fb.1Q + 7Sb.1Q

= Cdim7 = C–E♭–G♭–B๐„ซ


5.8 Exercises

  1. Write the interval between Do1 and Mi1 in both DV and note names.

  2. Notate the C major triad and the A minor triad in DV.

  3. Write a G7 chord in DV using relative notation.

  4. Convert the interval Do1–La1 into absolute DV numbering.

  5. Construct the diminished 7th chord from Si1.


5.9 Chapter Summary

  • DV encodes intervals with degree, octave, and quality markers.

  • Intervals can be written in Relative (Degree.Octave) or Absolute numbering.

  • Chords are written by stacking tokens with +.

  • All triads and seventh chords can be represented in DV without ambiguity.

DV provides a complete chord and interval notation, suitable for both human musicians and computational systems.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 6 – Harmony & Progressions in DV


6.1 What is Harmony?

Harmony is the combination of notes played or sung at the same time.
It explains why chords sound stable or unstable, why some progressions feel like “home,” and others create tension.

In DV, harmony is built by stacking degrees (triads, sevenths, extended chords) and by linking them into progressions.


6.2 Functional Harmony

Western tonal music organizes harmony into three main functions:

  • Tonic (T): Home, stable. Example in C major: C (Do) chord = 1F.1 + 3B.1 + 5F.1.

  • Subdominant (S): Moves away, prepares tension. Example: F (Fa) chord = 4F.1 + 6B.1 + 1F.2.

  • Dominant (D): Creates tension, leads back. Example: G7 (Sol7) chord = 5F.1 + 7B.1 + 2B.2 + 4F.2.

DV labels:

  • Tonic = I = 1 chord

  • Subdominant = IV = 4 chord

  • Dominant = V (often with 7) = 5 chord


6.3 Cadences in DV

A cadence is a harmonic ending.

  • Perfect Cadence (V–I):
    5F.1+7B.1+2B.2+4F.2 → 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1
    = G7 → C major

  • Plagal Cadence (IV–I):
    4F.1+6B.1+1F.2 → 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1
    = F → C

  • Deceptive Cadence (V–vi):
    5 chord → 6 chord
    = G → A minor

  • Half Cadence (ends on V):
    Progression stops on dominant.


6.4 Common Chord Progressions

6.4.1 Classical Progression (I–IV–V–I)

DV:

| 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1 | 4F.1+6B.1+1F.2 | 5F.1+7B.1+2B.2 | 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1 |

Notes (C major):
C → F → G → C


6.4.2 Pop Progression (I–V–vi–IV)

DV:

| 1 chord | 5 chord | 6 chord | 4 chord |

Notes (C major):
C → G → Am → F


6.4.3 Jazz ii–V–I

DV:

| 2S.1+4F.1+6S.1 | 5F.1+7B.1+2B.2+4F.2 | 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1+7B.1 |

Notes (C major):
Dm7 → G7 → Cmaj7


6.5 Secondary Dominants

A secondary dominant is a V chord that temporarily tonicizes another degree.

Example: V/V in C major (the dominant of G is D7).

  • DV: 2B.1 + 4F#.1 + 6B.1 + 1F.2

  • Notes: D–F#–A–C

Progression:

| 2 chord (D7) → 5 chord (G) → 1 chord (C) |

6.6 Extended Progressions

  • Circle of Fifths Progression:
    Moves by descending fifths (or ascending fourths).
    Example in C: C → F → Bdim → Em → Am → Dm → G → C

  • Modal Progressions:
    In Dorian (Re mode), typical vamp:

    | 1 chord (Dm7) → 4 chord (G7) |
    

6.7 Exercises

  1. Write a perfect cadence in DV in the key of C major.

  2. Notate the I–V–vi–IV pop progression in DV for the key of G major.

  3. Construct a ii–V–I progression in F major.

  4. Show the deceptive cadence V–vi in A minor.

  5. Write a circle of fifths progression in C major using DV.


6.8 Chapter Summary

  • Harmony in DV is represented by stacked degrees with +.

  • Functional harmony uses tonic, subdominant, and dominant chords.

  • Cadences (V–I, IV–I, V–vi, etc.) can be fully described in DV.

  • Common progressions (I–IV–V–I, I–V–vi–IV, ii–V–I) are universally writable.

  • DV adapts to classical, pop, and jazz harmony.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 7 – Counterpoint & Polyphony in DV


7.1 What is Counterpoint?

Counterpoint is the art of combining independent melodic lines so that they sound harmonious together.
It is based on voice-leading rules:

  • Smooth motion between notes.

  • Avoiding forbidden parallels (e.g., parallel 5ths and 8ves).

  • Balancing consonance and dissonance.

DV allows counterpoint to be written in parallel text lines, where each line represents a voice.


7.2 What is Polyphony?

Polyphony is music with multiple independent voices sounding simultaneously.

  • Monophony: one melody (plain chant).

  • Homophony: melody + chords (hymns, pop songs).

  • Polyphony: multiple equal voices (Bach fugues, canons).

DV represents polyphony by stacking or aligning degrees in time.


7.3 First Species (Note against Note)

Example: Cantus Firmus in C Major

Voice 1 (Cantus): | 1F.1H 2B.1H 3B.1H 4F.1H 5F.1H 4F.1H 3B.1H 2B.1H 1F.1W |
Voice 2 (Counter):| 5F.1H 4F.1H 3B.1H 2B.1H 1F.1H 2B.1H 3B.1H 4F.1H 1F.1W |

Notes:

  • Cantus = C–D–E–F–G–F–E–D–C

  • Counterpoint = G–F–E–D–C–D–E–F–C

This is strict consonant counterpoint.


7.4 Second Species (Two Notes against One)

DV Example:

Cantus:   | 1F.1H    2B.1H    3B.1H    4F.1H    5F.1W |
Counter:  | 5F.1Q 6B.1Q  4F.1Q 3B.1Q  2B.1Q 1F.1Q  2B.1Q 3B.1Q  1F.1W |

Notes:

  • Cantus = C–D–E–F–G

  • Counter = G–A, F–E, D–C, D–E, C


7.5 Third Species (Four Notes against One)

DV Example:

Cantus:   | 1F.1W      5F.1W |
Counter:  | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 4F.1Q  5F.1Q 6B.1Q 7B.1Q 1F.2Q |

Notes:

  • Cantus = C–G

  • Counter = C–D–E–F, G–A–B–C


7.6 Fourth Species (Syncopation)

In DV, suspensions (tied dissonances resolving down) can be written with tied durations:

Cantus:   | 1F.1H   2B.1H   3B.1H   4F.1H |
Counter:  | 2B.1W   3B.1W   4F.1W   5F.1W |

Counter holds long notes that create suspensions against the cantus.


7.7 Fifth Species (Florid Counterpoint)

Combines all species: whole, half, quarter, syncopation.

DV example (fragment):

Cantus:   | 1F.1W   2B.1W |
Counter:  | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 4F.1Q  3B.1H 2B.1H |

7.8 Canons and Fugues in DV

  • Canon: one voice imitates another after a delay.

    • DV can show staggered entries:

      Voice 1: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 4F.1Q ... |
      Voice 2:           | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 4F.1Q ... |
      
  • Fugue: subject + answer + development.

    • DV can outline entries by labeling voices as V1, V2, V3 with timing offsets.


7.9 Exercises

  1. Write a simple 1st species counterpoint above Do1–Re1–Mi1–Fa1–Sol1.

  2. Create a 2nd species line against the cantus Do1–Mi1–Sol1.

  3. Write four 8th notes against each whole note of Do–Sol in DV.

  4. Show a suspension (4–3) in DV over a C chord.

  5. Write a short canon (two bars) where Voice 2 imitates Voice 1 at the 5th.


7.10 Chapter Summary

  • Counterpoint = rules for combining independent voices.

  • Polyphony = multiple independent melodies.

  • DV represents species counterpoint with parallel lines of notation.

  • Canons and fugues can be structured in DV using staggered entries.

DV makes contrapuntal writing possible in plain text, useful for both human study and machine analysis.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 8 – Form & Structure in DV


8.1 What is Musical Form?

When we listen to music, we do not only hear notes — we hear shapes and patterns.
A child’s song might have one idea repeated, while a symphony has contrasting themes and dramatic returns.
This larger design is called form.

Think of form as the architecture of music.
Notes are like bricks, melodies are like walls, but form is the entire building.

In DV, we can describe form using:

  1. Section labels (A, B, C).

  2. DV notation for the themes.

  3. Solfรจge (Do, Re, Mi) or letters (C, D, E) for clarity.

This makes it possible to analyze simple songs and complex symphonies using the same system.


8.2 Binary Form (AB or AABB)

Binary form is one of the simplest structures: two sections.

  • A: The first idea.

  • B: A contrasting idea.
    Sometimes each section repeats, giving AABB.

DV Example (C Major):

A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 1F.2H |
B: | 5F.1Q 6B.1Q 7B.1Q 5F.2H |

Notes (solfรจge):

  • A = Do1 – Re1 – Mi1 – Do2

  • B = Sol1 – La1 – Si1 – Sol2

Notes (letters):

  • A = C – D – E – C

  • B = G – A – B – G

๐Ÿ‘‰ Imagine a folk dance: the dancers perform one step (A), then a new step (B).
This is binary form — simple contrast.


8.3 Ternary Form (ABA)

Ternary form is built from three sections.

  • A: Main idea.

  • B: Contrast.

  • A: Return to the first idea.

This gives a feeling of departure and return, like going on a trip and coming home.

DV Example:

A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1H |
B: | 6S.1Q 7S.1Q 1F.2Q 2B.2H |
A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1H |

Notes (solfรจge):

  • A = Do1 – Re1 – Mi1 – Sol1

  • B = La1 – Si1 – Do2 – Re2

  • A = Do1 – Re1 – Mi1 – Sol1

Letters:

  • A = C – D – E – G

  • B = A – B – C – D

  • A = C – D – E – G

๐Ÿ‘‰ Think of a simple children’s song: a verse (A), then a chorus (B), then the verse again (A).
That is ternary form.


8.4 Sonata Form (Large-Scale Classical Form)

Sonata form is a big design, used in symphonies, concertos, sonatas.
It has three main parts:

  1. Exposition (themes are presented).

    • Theme 1 (T1) in the tonic key.

    • Theme 2 (T2) in the dominant key (or relative major/minor).

  2. Development (themes are transformed).

    • Modulations (changes of key).

    • Sequences, variations, tension.

  3. Recapitulation (return).

    • Both themes return in the tonic key.

DV Example in C Major:

  • Exposition:

    • T1 (C major):
      | 1F.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1Q 1F.2H | → Do–Mi–Sol–Do = C–E–G–C

    • T2 (G major):
      | 5F.1Q 7B.1Q 2B.2Q 5F.2H | → Sol–Si–Re–Sol = G–B–D–G

  • Development:
    | 6S.1Q 4F.1Q 2B.1Q 5F.1Q | → La–Fa–Re–Sol = A–F–D–G

  • Recapitulation (all in C):

    • T1 again in C.

    • T2 transposed to C.

๐Ÿ‘‰ This design creates drama: first stability (T1), then contrast (T2), then storm (development), then resolution (recap).


8.5 Rondo Form (ABACA)

Rondo form alternates a main theme (A) with contrasting episodes (B, C…).
The main theme keeps coming back, like a refrain in a song.

DV Example (C Major):

A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 1F.2H |
B: | 4F.1Q 5F.1Q 6B.1Q 4F.2H |
A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 1F.2H |
C: | 6S.1Q 7S.1Q 1F.2Q 6S.2H |
A: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 1F.2H |

Notes (solfรจge):

  • A = Do–Re–Mi–Do

  • B = Fa–Sol–La–Fa

  • A = Do–Re–Mi–Do

  • C = La–Si–Do–La

  • A = Do–Re–Mi–Do

Letters:

  • A = C–D–E–C

  • B = F–G–A–F

  • C = A–B–C–A

๐Ÿ‘‰ This is like a popular song with a chorus (A) that always returns after new verses (B, C).


8.6 Theme and Variations

In this form, one theme is repeated many times, each time with a twist.
The changes can be rhythmic, harmonic, or ornamental.

Theme (DV):

| 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1H |

= Do–Re–Mi–Sol = C–D–E–G

Variation 1 (Rhythm change):

| 1F.1E 2B.1E 3B.1E 5F.1H |

= Do–Re–Mi (in faster notes), Sol as half note

Variation 2 (Harmony):

| (1F.1+3B.1)Q (2B.1+4F.1)Q (3B.1+5F.1)Q (5F.1+7B.1)H |

= Chords: C+E, D+F, E+G, G+B

๐Ÿ‘‰ This is like telling the same story in different costumes.


8.7 Case Study – Chopin Prelude (C Minor, simplified)

Chopin’s Prelude in C minor begins with a melody supported by harmony.

Melody (DV):

| 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3S.1Q 4F.1Q 5F.1H |

= Do–Re–Mi♭–Fa–Sol = C–D–E♭–F–G

Chords (DV):

| 1F.1+3S.1+5F.1 | 5F.1+7B.1+2B.2+4F.2 | 1F.1+3S.1+5F.1 |

= Cm → G7 → Cm

๐Ÿ‘‰ This shows that DV is not only for exercises but can describe real repertoire.


8.8 Exercises

  1. Write a binary form melody in DV with A = Do–Mi–Sol, B = Re–Fa–La.

  2. Create a ternary form (ABA) with A = Do–Re–Mi, B = La–Si–Do.

  3. Sketch an exposition of a sonata in DV with T1 in C, T2 in G.

  4. Write a rondo outline ABACA in DV.

  5. Take the theme Do–Re–Mi–Fa and write two variations in DV.


8.9 Chapter Summary

  • Form = how music is structured on the large scale.

  • DV can represent form with letters (A, B, C) and DV notation.

  • Binary = AB, Ternary = ABA, Sonata = exposition–development–recap, Rondo = ABACA, Variations = theme with changes.

  • Each DV pattern is shown with Do/Re/Mi (solfรจge) and C/D/E (letter names) to make it clear.

  • Case study (Chopin Prelude) proves DV works with real classical music.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 9 – Orchestration & Texture in DV


9.1 What is Texture?

In music, texture describes how many voices or instruments are playing, and how they interact.
It is not only what notes are played, but also how the musical fabric feels.

The four main textures are:

  1. Monophony – one melody, no accompaniment.

  2. Homophony – melody with chordal support.

  3. Polyphony – several independent melodies at the same time.

  4. Heterophony – variations of the same melody performed together.

DV can represent all textures, since it can write:

  • A single melodic line,

  • Chords stacked with +,

  • Parallel lines for multiple voices.


9.2 Monophony in DV

Monophony = a single melodic line, such as plain chant or a solo singer.

DV Example:

| 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1H |

Notes (solfรจge): Do–Re–Mi–Sol
Notes (letters): C–D–E–G

๐Ÿ‘‰ This is the simplest texture — one clear melody, no harmony.


9.3 Homophony in DV

Homophony = melody supported by chords, moving together in the same rhythm.
This is the most common texture in hymns, pop songs, and ballads.

DV Example (melody + chords):

Melody: | 1F.1Q   2B.1Q   3B.1Q   1F.2H |
Chords: | (1F.1+3B.1+5F.1)Q (2B.1+4F.1+6B.1)Q (3B.1+5F.1+7B.1)Q (1F.2+3B.2+5F.2)H |

Notes:

  • Melody = Do–Re–Mi–Do = C–D–E–C

  • Chords = C major → D minor → E minor → C major

๐Ÿ‘‰ The chords move in rhythm with the melody, supporting it harmonically.


9.4 Polyphony in DV

Polyphony = two or more independent melodies woven together.
This was central in Renaissance and Baroque music (Palestrina, Bach).

DV Example (two voices):

Voice 1: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 4F.1Q |
Voice 2: | 5F.1Q 4F.1Q 3B.1Q 2B.1Q |

Notes (solfรจge):

  • Voice 1 = Do–Re–Mi–Fa

  • Voice 2 = Sol–Fa–Mi–Re

Letters:

  • Voice 1 = C–D–E–F

  • Voice 2 = G–F–E–D

๐Ÿ‘‰ Each voice moves independently, but together they form consonant harmony.


9.5 Heterophony in DV

Heterophony = two or more performers play the same melody but with small variations (ornaments, rhythms).
It is common in folk traditions.

DV Example:

Voice 1: | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 5F.1H |
Voice 2: | 1F.1E 2B.1E 3B.1E 5F.1H |

Notes:

  • Voice 1 = Do–Re–Mi–Sol (quarter notes + half)

  • Voice 2 = Do–Re–Mi (eighth notes) + Sol (half note)

๐Ÿ‘‰ Both voices play the same melody but in different rhythms.


9.6 Orchestration in DV

Orchestration is the assignment of notes and textures to instruments.
In DV, this is done by labeling instruments and writing their parts in parallel.

Example: C Major Chord for Orchestra

Violins:   | 1F.2H |
Violas:    | 3B.1H |
Cellos:    | 5F.0H |
Basses:    | 1F.-1H |

Notes:

  • Violins = Do2 (C5)

  • Violas = Mi1 (E4)

  • Cellos = Sol0 (G3)

  • Basses = Do-1 (C2)

๐Ÿ‘‰ Together, they form a C major chord spread across the orchestra.


9.7 Orchestral Texture Example (Homophony with Melody)

DV Example:

Flute (melody):  | 1F.2Q 2B.2Q 3B.2Q 5F.2H |
Violins:         | 1F.1Q 2B.1Q 3B.1Q 1F.2H |
Violas:          | 3B.1H 4F.1H |
Cellos + Basses: | 1F.0H 5F.0H |

Notes:

  • Flute = Do2–Re2–Mi2–Sol2 (C5–D5–E5–G5)

  • Violins = Do1–Re1–Mi1–Do2 (C4–D4–E4–C5)

  • Violas = Mi1–Fa1 (E4–F4)

  • Cellos/Basses = Do0–Sol0 (C3–G3)

๐Ÿ‘‰ The flute carries the melody, strings provide harmony, basses provide foundation = homophonic orchestral texture.


9.8 Exercises

  1. Write a simple monophonic melody (4 notes) in DV.

  2. Create a homophonic phrase in DV with melody = Do–Re–Mi–Do and chords supporting it.

  3. Write a 2-voice polyphonic fragment in DV (each with 4 notes).

  4. Show heterophony by writing the same melody in two rhythms.

  5. Orchestrate a C major chord for 4 instruments using DV.


9.9 Chapter Summary

  • Texture = how voices or instruments combine.

  • DV represents texture clearly by writing parallel lines for different voices.

  • Monophony = one melody, Homophony = melody + chords, Polyphony = independent voices, Heterophony = melody in variants.

  • DV supports orchestration by assigning lines to instruments.

  • This makes DV useful not just for theory, but also for arranging and orchestral writing.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 10 – Jazz & Popular Music in DV


10.1 Why Jazz & Pop Need Special DV Tools

While classical music is often notated with strict symbols, jazz and popular music rely on groove, rhythm, and flexibility.
Key features:

  • Swing rhythms (long–short feel for 8ths).

  • Extended chords (7ths, 9ths, 13ths).

  • Grooves and riffs (bass + drums drive the style).

  • Improvisation (solos created in real time).

DV allows all of these to be written in clear text, making jazz and pop theory accessible to anyone.


10.2 Swing Rhythm in DV

Swing means 8ths are uneven: the first is long, the second short (≈ triplet feel).

Straight 8ths (Classical):

| 1F.1E ; 2B.1E ; 3B.1E ; 4F.1E |

= Do–Re–Mi–Fa (C–D–E–F), even rhythm.

Swing 8ths (Jazz):

| 1F.1E(sw) ; 2B.1E(sw) ; 3B.1E(sw) ; 4F.1E(sw) |

= Same notes, but played long–short.

๐Ÿ‘‰ (sw) marks swing feel.


10.3 The Blues in DV

The 12-Bar Blues is the foundation of jazz, R&B, and rock.

Harmonic Pattern in C:

  • Bars 1–4: C7

  • Bars 5–6: F7

  • Bars 7–8: C7

  • Bar 9: G7

  • Bar 10: F7

  • Bar 11–12: C7 (or G7 turnaround)

DV Chords:

C7 = 1F.1+3B.1+5F.1+7S.1
F7 = 4F.1+6B.1+1F.2+3S.2
G7 = 5F.1+7B.1+2B.2+4F.2

๐Ÿ‘‰ Progression:

| C7 | C7 | C7 | C7 |
| F7 | F7 | C7 | C7 |
| G7 | F7 | C7 | G7 |

10.4 Jazz Chords in DV

  • Major 7: 1+3B+5F+7B → Cmaj7 = C–E–G–B

  • Dominant 7: 1+3B+5F+7S → C7 = C–E–G–B♭

  • Minor 7: 1+3S+5F+7S → Cm7 = C–E♭–G–B♭

  • Minor 7♭5: 1+3S+5b+7S → Cรธ7 = C–E♭–G♭–B♭

  • Diminished 7: 1+3S+5b+7bb → Cdim7 = C–E♭–G♭–B๐„ซ

  • 9th: add 2B → C9 = C–E–G–B♭–D

  • 13th: add 6B → C13 = C–E–G–B♭–D–A

๐Ÿ‘‰ Jazz harmony in DV is stacked with +, easy to expand.


10.5 Pop Progressions in DV

Pop often uses repeating chord cycles.

The “Pop 4” (I–V–vi–IV):
In C major: C → G → Am → F

DV:

| 1 chord ; 5 chord ; 6 chord ; 4 chord |

Notes:

  • C = Do–Mi–Sol (C major)

  • G = Sol–Si–Re (G major)

  • Am = La–Do–Mi (A minor)

  • F = Fa–La–Do (F major)

๐Ÿ‘‰ This progression is behind hundreds of pop songs.


10.6 Groove & Rhythm Sections in DV (Drum + Bass)

Drum Notation Rules

  • K = Kick

  • S = Snare

  • Hc = Hi-hat closed

  • Ho = Hi-hat open

  • C = Cymbal/Ride/Crash

  • T = Tom(s)

  • 0 = rest

  • Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, etc.

  • + = simultaneous hit

  • ; = separates subdivisions inside a measure.


Example 1: Basic Rock Beat (4/4)

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |
  • Hi-hat steady quarters.

  • Kick on beats 1 + 3.

  • Snare on beats 2 + 4.


Example 2: Funk Groove (with 8ths)

| HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE ; HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE |
  • Hi-hat drives 8ths.

  • Kick on 1 + 3.

  • Snare on 2 + 4.


Example 3: Jazz Ride Pattern

| CE ; CE ; 0E ; CE ; CE ; 0E ; CE+SQ ; KQ |
  • Cymbal = swing ride.

  • Snare = light accents.

  • Kick = feathered support.


Example 4: Billie Jean Groove (4-Bar Intro)

Bar 1–3 (same):

| HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE ; HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE |

Bar 4 (ending with open hi-hat):

| HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE ; HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HoE |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Hi-hat steady 8ths, Kick on 1+3, Snare on 2+4, last bar opens hi-hat = iconic Michael Jackson intro.


Bass Line Example – Walking in C

| 1F.1Q ; 3B.1Q ; 5F.1Q ; 6B.1Q |

= C–E–G–A


10.7 Improvisation in DV

Improvisation = creating music live.
DV supports it by combining scales + rhythm patterns.

C Blues Scale in DV:

1F ; 3S ; 4F ; 5S ; 5F ; 7S ; 1F.2

= C–E♭–F–G♭–G–B♭–C

Improvisation Example:

| 1F.1Q ; 3S.1E ; 4F.1E ; 5F.1Q ; 7S.1Q |

= C–E♭–F–G–B♭

๐Ÿ‘‰ Scales act as “note banks” for DV improvisation.


10.8 Exercises

  1. Write two measures of swing rhythm in DV (use Do–Re–Mi–Fa).

  2. Notate a 12-bar blues in DV chords.

  3. Build a C13 chord in DV.

  4. Write the pop progression I–V–vi–IV in G major using DV.

  5. Create a funk drum groove (1 bar) with steady hi-hat 8ths and snare on 2+4.


10.9 Chapter Summary

  • Jazz/pop use DV for swing, groove, chords, and improvisation.

  • Swing marked with (sw).

  • Blues progressions and extended chords are easy in DV.

  • Pop relies on standard cycles like I–V–vi–IV.

  • Drums are written with letters (K, S, Hc, Ho, etc.) inside one box, separated by ;.

  • Bass lines combine with drums for full groove representation.

  • Improvisation is possible by writing scales + rhythmic cells.

DV makes jazz and pop notation simple, compact, and universal.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 11 – World Music & Multilingual DV (Updated)


11.1 Why World Music Matters in DV

Music theory is not only Western. Across cultures, music uses:

  • Different scales (ragas in India, maqamat in the Middle East, pentatonics in East Asia, folk modes in Europe, African tonalities).

  • Different rhythms (cyclic patterns, uneven beats).

  • Different languages to describe the same degrees (Do–Re–Mi, Sa–Re–Ga, etc.).

DV is designed to be universal:

  • Numbers = scale degrees.

  • Dot notation = octave placement.

  • Capital letters = durations (Q, E, H, W).

  • Percussion = letters (K, S, Hc, Ho, C, T).

Thus, DV can represent global traditions with a single system.


11.2 Folk Scales in DV

Example: Pentatonic Scale (C Major Pentatonic)

DV:

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 5 ; 6 ; 8

Notes (solfรจge): Do–Re–Mi–Sol–La–Do
Notes (letters): C–D–E–G–A–C

๐Ÿ‘‰ Common in Chinese, Japanese, and African folk music.


11.3 Ragas in DV (Indian Classical)

Example: Raga Yaman (ascending, C as tonic)

DV:

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4# ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

Sargam (Indian solfรจge): Sa–Re–Ga–Ma♯–Pa–Dha–Ni–Sa
Letters: C–D–E–F♯–G–A–B–C

๐Ÿ‘‰ Shows how DV expresses raga structure directly.


11.4 Maqamat in DV (Middle Eastern)

Example: Maqam Hijaz (C)

DV:

1 ; 2b ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6b ; 7 ; 8

Arabic solfรจge: Do–Re♭–Mi–Fa–Sol–La♭–Si–Do
Letters: C–D♭–E–F–G–A♭–B–C

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV can clearly mark microtonal accidentals like ♭ (b) and ♯ (#).


11.5 African & Caribbean Rhythms in DV

Rhythms are central to African and Caribbean traditions.
DV uses letters for percussion instruments with capital-letter durations.

Example: African Bell Pattern (12/8)

| CQ ; 0Q ; CQ ; 0Q ; CQ ; 0Q ; CQ ; 0Q ; CQ ; 0Q ; CQ ; 0Q |

= Steady bell pulse on every other beat.

Example: Salsa Clave (3-2 Clave, 2 bars)

Bar 1: | KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q ; 0Q |
Bar 2: | 0Q ; KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Written compactly with percussion letters + capital durations.


11.6 Multilingual DV Notation

DV adapts to different solfรจge systems:

  • Latin/European: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si

  • English: C–D–E–F–G–A–B

  • Indian: Sa–Re–Ga–Ma–Pa–Dha–Ni

  • Arabic/Turkish: Rast–Dukah–Segah–Busalik, etc.

  • Chinese: Gong–Shang–Jue–Zhi–Yu

DV Example: C Major Scale

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

Can be read as:

  • Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do (Latin)

  • C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C (English)

  • Sa–Re–Ga–Ma–Pa–Dha–Ni–Sa (Indian)

  • Gong–Shang–Jue–Zhi–Yu (Chinese, pentatonic subset)

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV provides one numeric backbone, while languages supply the local names.


11.7 Exercises

  1. Write the C major pentatonic scale in DV.

  2. Transcribe Raga Yaman (C) into DV.

  3. Write Maqam Hijaz (C) in DV.

  4. Notate the 3-2 clave rhythm using DV drum letters.

  5. Translate the DV scale 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8 into solfรจge in three languages (Latin, Indian, Chinese).


11.8 Chapter Summary

  • DV expresses world scales (pentatonic, ragas, maqamat) and rhythms.

  • Absolute scale degrees = 1–8, not repeating 1.

  • Percussion in DV uses letters (K, S, Hc, Ho, C, T) with capital durations.

  • Multilingual solfรจge shows DV’s universality.

  • DV unites Western and non-Western traditions into a single symbolic system.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 12 – Advanced Harmony & Modern Music in DV (Updated with Notes)


12.1 Why Modern Music Needs DV

From the 20th century onward, music expanded beyond traditional tonal rules:

  • Atonality (no key center).

  • Serialism (12-tone rows).

  • Minimalism (patterns, repetition).

  • Polyrhythms (overlapping cycles).

Traditional notation struggles with clarity here.
DV allows direct text-based representation, and now we add note names for comparison.


12.2 Atonality in DV

Atonal music treats all 12 pitches equally.

DV Example: Chromatic Row

1 ; 2# ; 2 ; 3b ; 3 ; 4 ; 4# ; 5 ; 5# ; 6 ; 7b ; 7

Notes (letters): C – C♯ – D – E♭ – E – F – F♯ – G – G♯ – A – B♭ – B
Solfรจge: Do – Di – Re – Me – Mi – Fa – Fi – Sol – Si – La – Te – Ti

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV lists the entire chromatic collection without needing a key.


12.3 Serialism (12-Tone Rows)

Schoenberg’s system arranges all 12 pitches in a fixed series.

DV Example (Row):

1 ; 4# ; 2 ; 6 ; 3b ; 5# ; 7 ; 2# ; 5 ; 3 ; 7b ; 4

Notes (letters): C – F♯ – D – A – E♭ – G♯ – B – D♯ – G – E – B♭ – F
Solfรจge: Do – Fi – Re – La – Me – Si – Ti – Ri – Sol – Mi – Te – Fa

๐Ÿ‘‰ Transformations (prime, inversion, retrograde) are easily tracked in DV.


12.4 Minimalism in DV

Minimalism repeats small “cells” with gradual variation.

DV Cell:

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q |

Notes: C – E – G
Solfรจge: Do – Mi – Sol

Variation:

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |

Notes: C – E – G – A
Solfรจge: Do – Mi – Sol – La

๐Ÿ‘‰ Staff notation would require many bars, DV is compact.


12.5 Polyrhythms in DV

Polyrhythm = two rhythms overlapping.

Example: 3 vs 2

Voice A: | 1Q ; 0Q ; 1Q |
Voice B: | 2H ; 2H |

Notes (Voice A): C – (rest) – C
Notes (Voice B): D – D
Solfรจge: Do vs Re

Example: 4 vs 3

Voice A: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
Voice B: | 5H ; 6H ; 7H |

Voice A Notes: C – D – E – F (Do–Re–Mi–Fa)
Voice B Notes: G – A – B (Sol–La–Si)

๐Ÿ‘‰ Polyrhythms are easy to align in DV.


12.6 Stravinsky in DV

Stravinsky used irregular groupings.

DV Example (2+2+3 grouping):

| 1Q ; 1Q ; 1E ; 1E ; 1Q ; 1Q ; 1Q |

Notes: C – C – C – C – C – C – C
Solfรจge: Do repeated, but grouped irregularly.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV highlights groupings directly with durations.


12.7 Schoenberg in DV

DV Example (atonal fragment):

| 1E ; 2#E ; 4Q ; 5#Q ; 7bE ; 3E ; 6Q |

Notes: C – C♯ – F – G♯ – B♭ – E – A
Solfรจge: Do – Di – Fa – Si – Te – Mi – La

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV makes interval relationships clear without a tonal center.


12.8 Exercises

  1. Write a 12-tone row in DV and label the notes (letters + solfรจge).

  2. Create a minimalist DV cell (3 notes) and then expand it by 1 note.

  3. Notate a 3 vs 2 polyrhythm in DV and show the notes.

  4. Write an irregular rhythm grouping (e.g., 2+3+2) using one pitch.

  5. Take a tonal melody (C–D–E–F–G) and alter it into atonal form with accidentals.


12.9 Chapter Summary

  • Atonality: DV lists all 12 chromatic notes with accidentals.

  • Serialism: rows are compact in DV, with letters + solfรจge as reference.

  • Minimalism: DV shows repeating cells clearly.

  • Polyrhythms: DV aligns independent rhythms.

  • Modern composers like Stravinsky (irregular accents) and Schoenberg (atonality/serialism) can be notated cleanly in DV.

DV thus becomes a bridge between theory and modern practice, easy for students, analysts, and even AI systems.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 13 – Analysis & Composition in DV


13.1 Why Analyze with DV?

Analysis means asking: How does the music work?

  • Which notes create the melody?

  • Which chords support the melody?

  • How do sections repeat or contrast?

Traditional notation uses many signs (staff, clefs, accidentals).
DV simplifies analysis into numbers + durations, while still allowing comparison with Do–Re–Mi and letter notes.

DV makes analysis transparent for:

  • Beginners (clear patterns in numbers).

  • Advanced students (intervals and structures).

  • Composers (directly test their own ideas).


13.2 Step 1 – Analyzing a Melody

Example: Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (C Major)

DV:

| 1Q ; 1Q ; 5Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 6Q ; 5H |
| 4Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 2Q ; 1H |

Notes (letters): C–C–G–G–A–A–G | F–F–E–E–D–D–C
Solfรจge: Do–Do–Sol–Sol–La–La–Sol | Fa–Fa–Mi–Mi–Re–Re–Do

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV shows the repetition (AA–BB) clearly in numbers.


13.3 Step 2 – Analyzing Chords

Example: C Major → F Major → G Major

DV:

C major = 1+3B+5F
F major = 4+6B+1.2
G major = 5+7B+2.2

Notes:

  • C major = C–E–G

  • F major = F–A–C

  • G major = G–B–D

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV chord stacks are simple and precise.


13.4 Step 3 – Harmonic Progressions

Example: I–IV–V–I (C major)

DV:

| (1+3B+5F) ; (4+6B+1.2) ; (5+7B+2.2) ; (1+3B+5F) |

Notes: C–E–G → F–A–C → G–B–D → C–E–G
Solfรจge: Do–Mi–Sol → Fa–La–Do → Sol–Ti–Re → Do–Mi–Sol

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV shows the backbone of Western harmony directly.


13.5 Step 4 – Analyzing Form

DV Example (Binary Form):

A: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
B: | 5Q ; 6Q ; 7Q ; 5H |

Notes:

  • A = C–D–E–C

  • B = G–A–B–G

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV reveals the A–B contrast at a glance.


13.6 Step 5 – Composing in DV

Melody Composition (C major)

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 5H |

Notes: C–E–G–A–G
Solfรจge: Do–Mi–Sol–La–Sol

๐Ÿ‘‰ Simple rising melody.

Add Harmony

| (1+3B+5F) ; (4+6B+1.2) ; (5+7B+2.2) ; (1+3B+5F) |

Notes: C chord → F chord → G chord → C chord

๐Ÿ‘‰ Now the melody has a harmonic foundation.


13.7 Step 6 – Adding Rhythm & Texture

With Drums (Pop Beat)

Melody: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 5H |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Melody + Groove = song skeleton.


13.8 Step 7 – Expanding to a Composition

  1. Start with scale (DV: 1–2–3–4–5–6–7–8).

  2. Pick a motif (e.g., 1–3–5).

  3. Repeat + vary (change rhythm, octave, harmony).

  4. Build chords underneath.

  5. Add rhythm section (drums, bass).

  6. Arrange for instruments (orchestra, band, soloist).

DV makes each step traceable in text form.


13.9 Exercises

  1. Analyze “Happy Birthday” in DV, noting melody and harmony.

  2. Write a I–V–vi–IV progression in DV (in C or G).

  3. Compose a 4-note motif in DV and vary it three times.

  4. Add a drum groove (letters only) under a simple melody.

  5. Write a short binary form (A–B) in DV with both melody + chords.


13.10 Chapter Summary

  • DV simplifies analysis: melody, chords, form all visible as numbers.

  • DV supports composition: from motifs → harmony → rhythm → arrangement.

  • Notes and solfรจge allow easy comparison to degrees.

  • DV bridges theory and creativity — you can study a Mozart piece or write a pop song with the same notation.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 14 – Improvisation & Live DV


14.1 What is Improvisation?

Improvisation means creating music in the moment.
Instead of following a fixed score, the performer:

  • Chooses notes from a scale or chord.

  • Shapes rhythm spontaneously.

  • Responds to the groove, harmony, or audience.

In DV, improvisation is easy because:

  • Scales = lists of degrees.

  • Chords = stacked numbers.

  • Rhythm = durations.

  • Drums and bass grooves can be added live.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV can even guide DJ sets, jam sessions, and live coding for AI/robots.


14.2 Scales as Improvisation Maps

C Major Scale (DV):

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

Notes (letters): C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C
Solfรจge: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do

๐Ÿ‘‰ Any note in the scale can be played during improvisation.

C Blues Scale (DV):

1 ; 3b ; 4 ; 5b ; 5 ; 7b ; 8

Notes (letters): C–E♭–F–G♭–G–B♭–C
Solfรจge: Do–Me–Fa–Se–Sol–Te–Do

๐Ÿ‘‰ This scale creates the “blues” sound instantly.


14.3 Improvising Over Chords

Example: C → F → G progression

Chords (DV):

| (1+3+5) | (4+6+1.2) | (5+7+2.2) | (1+3+5) |

Notes:

  • C chord = C–E–G

  • F chord = F–A–C

  • G chord = G–B–D

Improvisation (DV):

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5E ; 6E ; 5Q |

Notes: C–E–G–A–G
Solfรจge: Do–Mi–Sol–La–Sol

๐Ÿ‘‰ The improviser chooses notes inside or around the chord/scale.


14.4 Rhythmic Improvisation

Improvisation is not only pitch — rhythm matters equally.

DV Example (syncopated phrase):

| 1E ; 0E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 0E ; 6Q |

Notes: C–(rest)–E–G–(rest)–A
Solfรจge: Do–(rest)–Mi–Sol–(rest)–La

๐Ÿ‘‰ The rests (0) create syncopation.


14.5 Call and Response in DV

A common jazz and blues technique = question + answer.

Question (DV):

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3H |

= C–D–E (Do–Re–Mi)

Answer (DV):

| 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

= G–F–E (Sol–Fa–Mi)

๐Ÿ‘‰ This creates dialogue inside the solo.


14.6 Improvisation with Drums & Bass

Groove (Drums, 1 Bar Rock Beat):

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

Walking Bass (C major):

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |

= C–E–G–A

Improvisation (Melody):

| 1E ; 2E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 6E ; 5Q |

= C–D–E–G–A–G

๐Ÿ‘‰ All three layers (drums, bass, solo) fit together in DV.


14.7 DV for DJs and Live Sets

DV can be used in:

  • DJing: mark loops and beats with DV rhythm text.

  • Live coding: feed DV into AI or software to generate real-time music.

  • Jam sessions: musicians can share DV text quickly (“play 1–3–5–6 in swing feel”).


14.8 Exercises

  1. Write an 8-note improvisation in C major using DV.

  2. Create a blues improvisation with the C blues scale.

  3. Improvise rhythmically using rests (0) in DV.

  4. Write a call-and-response phrase (2 bars each) in DV.

  5. Combine drums, bass, and melody in DV for a 1-bar jam.


14.9 Chapter Summary

  • Improvisation = creating music live.

  • DV shows scales as note banks for improvisation.

  • Chords + scales guide solo notes.

  • Rhythm (rests, syncopation) is as important as pitch.

  • Call-and-response creates dialogue.

  • DV works for live bands, DJs, and AI systems alike.

DV makes improvisation clear, teachable, and shareable in text form.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 15 – DV for AI & Robotics


15.1 Why DV for Machines?

Traditional notation (staff, clefs) is designed for human musicians.
But:

  • Computers read numbers and symbols faster than graphic staves.

  • Robots need precise frequency, duration, and rhythm data.

  • AI systems require consistent symbolic input to learn, generate, and perform music.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV is textual, numeric, and universal, making it an ideal bridge between human musicianship and machine execution.


15.2 From DV to Frequency

Every DV degree corresponds to a frequency in Hz, based on tuning.

Example: C Major Scale (A4 = 440 Hz tuning)

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

Notes (letters): C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C
Frequencies (approx Hz, octave 4):

  • C4 = 261.6 Hz

  • D4 = 293.7 Hz

  • E4 = 329.6 Hz

  • F4 = 349.2 Hz

  • G4 = 392.0 Hz

  • A4 = 440.0 Hz

  • B4 = 493.9 Hz

  • C5 = 523.3 Hz

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV can easily be mapped to machine frequency tables.


15.3 From DV to MIDI

MIDI is the standard protocol for digital music devices.
DV translates directly:

DV Example:

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 8H |

Notes: C–E–G–C
MIDI (C major triad, octave 4): 60 – 64 – 67 – 72

๐Ÿ‘‰ Software can auto-convert DV → MIDI → playback.


15.4 AI Improvisation with DV

AI systems can use DV as training data because it is:

  • Structured (numbers, durations).

  • Language-neutral (works across solfรจge systems).

  • Compact (plain text, easy for datasets).

Improvisation Example (AI DV Output):

| 1E ; 2E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 6E ; 5Q ; 0Q |

Notes: C–D–E–G–A–G–(rest)

๐Ÿ‘‰ This could be generated live by an AI trained on DV patterns.


15.5 Robotics & DV

Robots need clear instructions: which note, when, how long, how strong.
DV provides all:

  • Pitch = degree + octave → motor/finger position.

  • Duration = Q/E/H → movement timing.

  • Dynamics (future DV extension) = volume codes.

  • Drums (letters) = trigger percussion actuators.

Robot DV Example (Drum Machine):

| HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE |
  • Hc = hi-hat actuator

  • K = kick pedal actuator

  • S = snare stick actuator

๐Ÿ‘‰ Robots can execute grooves directly from DV strings.


15.6 The AI Music Machine (DV Integration)

The AI Music Machine can:

  1. Read DV text as input.

  2. Convert to sound (MIDI, synthesis).

  3. Generate new DV improvisations.

  4. Control instruments or robots in real time.

Workflow:
DV → Frequency/MIDI → AI Improviser → Playback/Robot


15.7 DV in Live Coding & Performance

DV can be typed into software in real time:

  • DJs use DV strings to trigger loops.

  • Live coders improvise with DV patterns.

  • AI bots generate DV notation on stage with musicians.

Live DV Example:

Loop: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |
Bass: | 1Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 4Q |
Drums:| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐Ÿ‘‰ A full jam is playable with only three DV lines.


15.8 Exercises

  1. Convert a DV melody (1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 5 ; 8) into frequencies in Hz.

  2. Translate | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5H | into MIDI note numbers.

  3. Write a 1-bar DV drum groove and imagine robot actuators playing it.

  4. Create a DV loop for bass + melody + drums.

  5. Design a DV improvisation and simulate how an AI could continue it.


15.9 Chapter Summary

  • DV works for machines as well as humans.

  • DV → Frequency = physics of sound.

  • DV → MIDI = standard digital playback.

  • AI can generate DV for live improvisation.

  • Robots can play instruments directly from DV codes.

  • DV is future-proof: one system for human learning + machine execution.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 16 – DV in Education


16.1 Why DV in Education?

Traditional notation is powerful but often overwhelming for beginners:

  • Staff lines, clefs, and accidentals confuse early learners.

  • Rhythmic symbols (beams, dots, rests) are difficult to grasp.

  • Many students give up before reaching deeper understanding.

DV simplifies notation with:

  • Numbers for degrees.

  • Dots for octaves.

  • Capital letters for durations (Q, E, H, W).

  • Letters for drums.

  • Durations for chords (e.g., (1+3+5)Q = C major chord quarter).

๐Ÿ‘‰ This makes DV a consistent system that works across all levels of music education.


16.2 DV for Beginners (Elementary & High School)

C Major Scale:

1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 7Q ; 8Q

Notes: C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C
Solfรจge: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do

First Rhythm Exercise:

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Students see pitch + rhythm without needing the staff.


16.3 DV for Intermediate Students

At high school level, students can start analyzing harmony and progressions.

Chord Progression (I–V–vi–IV in C):

| (1+3+5)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (6+1.2+3.2)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q |

Notes:

  • C major = C–E–G

  • G major = G–B–D

  • A minor = A–C–E

  • F major = F–A–C

๐Ÿ‘‰ Durations make it possible to hear rhythm + harmony together.


16.4 DV for Advanced Students (University)

Advanced learners can use DV for counterpoint, analysis, and composition.

Two-Voice Example (Polyphony):

Voice 1: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
Voice 2: | (5+7+2.2)H ; (4+6+1.2)H |

Notes:

  • Voice 1 = C–D–E–F (Do–Re–Mi–Fa)

  • Voice 2 = G chord (G–B–D) → F chord (F–A–C)

๐Ÿ‘‰ Harmony + rhythm are explicit with chord durations.


16.5 DV in Music Technology & AI Education

DV prepares students for modern music tech:

  • DV → MIDI → playback

  • DV in apps for songwriting

  • AI training datasets using DV text

  • Robot drumming with DV percussion codes

๐Ÿ‘‰ Students learn both music theory and its digital applications.


16.6 DV in Self-Learning

DV also works for hobbyists, YouTubers, and bedroom producers.

Song Sketch Example (C major):

Melody: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 5H |
Chords: | (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (1+3+5)Q |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐Ÿ‘‰ In just three DV lines, a full pop idea is captured.


16.7 Exercises

  1. Write the C major scale with durations in DV.

  2. Create a I–V–vi–IV progression in DV with chord durations.

  3. Compose a 2-voice polyphony using chords in DV.

  4. Convert a DV melody into MIDI note numbers.

  5. Sketch a song idea in DV with melody, chords, and drums.


16.8 Chapter Summary

  • DV simplifies notation for education at every level.

  • Beginners learn scales and rhythm quickly.

  • Intermediate students build progressions with chord durations.

  • Advanced students use DV for counterpoint, analysis, and tech.

  • Self-learners can compose full songs with simple DV text.

DV is a unified educational system, bridging tradition, creativity, and modern technology.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 17 – Research & Innovation with DV


17.1 Why DV Matters for Research

Music research spans multiple fields:

  • Ethnomusicology (study of world traditions).

  • Computational musicology (music + data science).

  • Cross-disciplinary arts (music with dance, theater, robotics).

Traditional notation often limits research because:

  • It is culture-specific (Western staves).

  • It requires special literacy.

  • It struggles with modern applications (AI, robotics).

DV offers a universal symbolic language:

  • Numbers = degrees (absolute & relative).

  • Dots = octaves.

  • Durations = Q/E/H/W.

  • Chords = grouped with duration (1+3+5)Q.

  • Drums & percussion = letters.

๐Ÿ‘‰ This consistency allows research across cultures, centuries, and technologies.


17.2 DV in Ethnomusicology

Ethnomusicologists compare music traditions worldwide.
DV makes scales and rhythms cross-comparable.

Example: Comparing Scales

Western C Major:

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

= C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C

Indian Raga Yaman (C):

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4# ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

= C–D–E–F♯–G–A–B–C

Middle Eastern Maqam Hijaz (C):

1 ; 2b ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6b ; 7 ; 8

= C–D♭–E–F–G–A♭–B–C

๐Ÿ‘‰ With DV, scales from three cultures can be placed side by side, showing differences at a glance.


17.3 DV in Computational Musicology

Computational musicology uses algorithms + data to study music.
DV is ideal for machine processing because:

  • It is plain text (easy to parse).

  • It is structured (numbers + symbols).

  • It carries both pitch and rhythm in a single string.

Example Dataset (DV Snippets):

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
| (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q |
| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Researchers can run statistics:

  • How often chords appear.

  • How rhythms vary.

  • How scales differ across cultures.


17.4 DV in Dance & Theater

DV is not limited to sound.
It can expand to movement notation:

  • Dance steps as degrees of position.

  • Theater cues as DV events.

  • Body movements aligned with rhythm.

Example: Dance Cue in DV

StepLQ ; StepRQ ; TurnH ; JumpQ

= Step left, step right, turn (half duration), jump.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV can unify music + movement in one timeline.


17.5 DV in Robotics & Cross-Disciplinary Arts

DV can command not only sound, but also robot movement and stage effects.

  • A note = sound frequency.

  • A drum hit = robotic strike.

  • A rest = pause or light cue.

  • A chord = multi-actuator trigger.

DV Stage Cue Example:

| 1Q (C sound) + LightBlueQ + StepLQ |

= Robot plays C, stage light turns blue, dancer steps left.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV could be the foundation of multimedia performance scripts.


17.6 DV and Innovation in Music Technology

Possible future applications:

  • AI music composition datasets in DV.

  • Global archives of folk songs in DV for cross-analysis.

  • Interactive performances (musicians + AI + robots).

  • Education + research crossovers, where DV unites schools and universities worldwide.


17.7 Exercises

  1. Compare Western major, Raga Yaman, and Maqam Hijaz in DV.

  2. Write a DV dataset of 3 short progressions.

  3. Create a DV sequence combining melody + dance cues.

  4. Design a robotic DV command with sound + movement.

  5. Discuss how DV can serve as a universal dataset for AI music research.


17.8 Chapter Summary

  • DV is a research tool across ethnomusicology, computational analysis, and performing arts.

  • It provides a universal structure for scales, rhythms, chords, and even movement.

  • DV is machine-readable, making it ideal for AI and robotics.

  • DV can script not only music, but also dance, theater, and multimedia.

DV is not only a language for musicians but also a scientific system for the study, comparison, and innovation of global music and art.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 18 – The DV Dictionary & Reference


18.1 Overview

The DV Dictionary is the complete symbolic guide for DV Language.
It collects all rules from the book into a compact reference manual, so learners and professionals can check DV notation at a glance.


18.2 Degrees (Pitch Positions)

  • 1–7 = scale degrees.

  • 8, 9, 10… = continued absolute degrees.

  • 1.1, 2.1, 3.1… = octave markers (relative to base).

  • # = sharp (raise half step).

  • b = flat (lower half step).

Examples:

1 = Do = C  
3 = Mi = E  
5# = Sol♯ = G♯  
2b = Re♭ = D♭  
1.2 = Do of octave 2  

18.3 Durations

  • W = Whole

  • H = Half

  • Q = Quarter

  • E = Eighth

  • S = Sixteenth

Examples:

1Q = Do quarter note (C)  
3H = Mi half note (E)  
5E = Sol eighth note (G)  

๐Ÿ‘‰ Rests are written as 0Q, 0H, 0E etc.


18.4 Chords

  • Chords = stack of degrees in parentheses.

  • Duration applies to the whole chord.

Examples:

(1+3+5)Q = C major chord, quarter  
(1+3b+5)H = C minor chord, half  
(5+7+2.2+4.2)Q = G7 chord, quarter  

18.5 Rhythm & Bars

  • Vertical bars | ... | = measure box.

  • Semicolons ; = separate subdivisions inside measure.

  • + = simultaneous notes or instruments.

Example:

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |

= C–D–E–F in 4/4.


18.6 Drums & Percussion

DV uses letters for percussion instruments.

  • K = Kick

  • S = Snare

  • Hc = Hi-hat closed

  • Ho = Hi-hat open

  • C = Cymbal (ride/crash)

  • T = Tom(s)

  • 0 = Rest

Examples:

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |
= Rock beat with hi-hat, kick, and snare.  

| HcE ; HcE ; HcE ; HoE |
= Hi-hat groove with open hit at end.  

18.7 Symbols for Extensions

  • sw = swing feel.

  • M = mute or silence (alternative to 0).

  • Rep[x] = repeat pattern x times.

  • Dyn:pp/ff = dynamics (optional extension).


18.8 Cross-Language Mapping

DV is universal, but can be read in different solfรจge systems:

Example: Scale of C

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8
  • Latin: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do

  • English: C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C

  • Indian: Sa–Re–Ga–Ma–Pa–Dha–Ni–Sa

  • Chinese: Gong–Shang–Jue–Zhi–Yu (pentatonic)


18.9 Frequency Reference (Equal Temperament, A4 = 440 Hz)

DV Degree Note Hz (Octave 4) Solfรจge
1 C4 261.6 Hz Do
2 D4 293.7 Hz Re
3 E4 329.6 Hz Mi
4 F4 349.2 Hz Fa
5 G4 392.0 Hz Sol
6 A4 440.0 Hz La
7 B4 493.9 Hz Si
8 C5 523.3 Hz Do

๐Ÿ‘‰ This table expands to all octaves with .n notation.


18.10 Quick Examples

Melody:

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6H |

= C–E–G–A (Do–Mi–Sol–La).

Chord Progression:

| (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (1+3+5)Q |

= C major → F major → G major → C major.

Drums:

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

= Basic rock groove.


18.11 Chapter Summary

  • The DV Dictionary gives all symbols, rules, and mappings.

  • Degrees, durations, chords, rhythms, and drums are consistent.

  • Cross-language solfรจge keeps DV universal.

  • Frequency mapping links DV to physics, MIDI, and robotics.

  • This reference ensures DV can be learned, taught, and applied quickly.


๐Ÿ“– Chapter 19 – Summary & Reflection: The Future of DV Language


19.1 Looking Back: What We Built

Throughout this book we have:

  • Introduced DV Language as a simple, universal way to notate music.

  • Covered fundamentals: pitch, rhythm, scales, harmony, chords, and form.

  • Applied DV to world traditions (ragas, maqamat, folk scales, African rhythms).

  • Explored advanced music (atonality, minimalism, serialism, polyrhythms).

  • Expanded into applied practices (improvisation, composition, orchestration).

  • Connected DV with modern technology (AI, MIDI, robotics, education).

  • Built a dictionary and reference for learners and researchers.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV is no longer just notation — it is a complete symbolic system.


19.2 Why DV Works

DV succeeds because it is:

  • Simple: Numbers + durations are easier than staves and clefs.

  • Universal: Works in Do–Re–Mi, C–D–E, Sa–Re–Ga, Gong–Shang, and more.

  • Precise: Maps directly to frequency in Hz and MIDI numbers.

  • Flexible: Handles melody, harmony, rhythm, drums, dance, and stage cues.

  • Expandable: Supports atonality, improvisation, AI integration, and robotics.

DV = a language of structure, not just notation.


19.3 The Future of DV in Music Education

DV can:

  • Make music literacy accessible to every student.

  • Be taught in schools, conservatories, universities worldwide.

  • Provide a bridge to traditional notation (students can learn both).

  • Empower self-learners who use only text, phones, or apps.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV democratizes music theory.


19.4 The Future of DV in Technology

DV is ready for:

  • AI training datasets (music in plain text).

  • MIDI and synthesis translation for playback.

  • Robotics (DV commands control instruments and stage systems).

  • Live coding and DJing (DV grooves typed in real time).

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV unites human musicians with machines and AI performers.


19.5 DV and Global Unity in Music

Music is humanity’s shared language. Yet, every culture has its own way of writing it.
DV offers:

  • A common platform that respects all traditions.

  • A way to compare ragas, maqamat, European harmony, African rhythms in the same system.

  • A tool for researchers, teachers, and creators to collaborate across borders.

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV is not about replacing traditions — it is about connecting them.


19.6 Reflection

This book began with a challenge: music theory feels locked behind difficult notation.
DV shows that music can be written like a sentence:

  • Degrees = words.

  • Durations = grammar.

  • Chords = phrases.

  • Rhythm and rests = punctuation.

Just as language connects people, DV connects musicians, students, and machines.

The future of DV is not only in classrooms and studios, but also in:

  • Concert halls (scores and improvisations).

  • Festivals and DJs (grooves and live sets).

  • Research labs (computational musicology, AI training).

  • Robotic stages (sound, light, and movement controlled by one script).

DV is a universal bridge — between cultures, between humans and technology, between the past and the future of music.


19.7 Chapter Summary

  • DV unifies music education, practice, research, and technology.

  • It works across cultures and traditions, showing common structures.

  • It prepares music for the digital and AI age.

  • It is simple enough for a child, yet precise enough for a researcher.

  • DV’s future is as a global music language.

    Chapter 20 – Summary & Outlook


    20.1 Looking Back: The Journey Through DV Language

    This book began with a simple idea: that music should be as easy to read, write, and share as a spoken language. For centuries, traditional staff notation has been the dominant tool for musicians, yet it requires years of study before it becomes truly natural. Many talented players and listeners have been excluded from deeper musical study because they felt locked out by notation’s complexity.

    DV Language changes that. By reducing the essentials of music to numbers, letters, and a small set of clear symbols, it brings theory and practice into the reach of anyone who loves sound. From the first scale you learned in Chapter 3, to the complex counterpoint explored in Chapter 12, DV Language has shown itself to be simple, flexible, and powerful.

    This journey has not been about discarding tradition but about extending the map. Just as a new alphabet can open literacy to a population, DV offers a parallel script for the world of music—one that welcomes more learners, while still respecting the richness of the old.


    20.2 The Core Achievements of DV Language

    Across the chapters, DV has proven to be:

    • Universal – It works equally well for piano, drums, strings, electronic music, and even voice.

    • Accessible – A complete beginner can read “1 2 3 4” faster than deciphering notation.

    • Precise – Durations, octaves, and harmonies can be written without ambiguity.

    • Expandable – From simple grooves to advanced polyphony, DV grows with the musician.

    • Bridging – It provides a direct link between human musicians and artificial intelligence.

    By mastering DV, students can approach music from multiple angles: as players, composers, analysts, or even digital creators. For teachers, DV is a tool to shorten the learning curve while still preparing students for deeper exploration of traditional notation if they choose.


    20.3 DV in Practice: A Reflection

    One of the most striking aspects of DV Language is its ability to serve both hobbyists and professionals. A young student learning chords on a guitar can write progressions like “(1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1)Q” and hear harmony immediately. At the same time, an academic can notate a Bach chorale, a jazz solo, or a DJ set with clarity and efficiency.

    The accessibility of DV makes it ideal for inclusive classrooms—those where students arrive with different cultural backgrounds, instruments, or levels of experience. Because DV does not privilege one system over another, it feels like common ground.

    And in a world where technology plays an ever-growing role in music, DV offers something few systems can: it is machine-readable yet human-friendly. A robot, an app, or an AI model can parse DV easily, while humans can still read it aloud, share it on paper, or type it into a phone.


    20.4 The Future Horizons of DV Language

    1. Education

    DV can reshape how music is taught. Schools may adopt it as a gateway language, ensuring that every student leaves with musical literacy, even if they never touch staff notation. For advanced programs, DV can sit alongside staff notation as a second script—much like learning both a native and foreign tongue.

    2. Technology and AI

    As artificial intelligence becomes a co-composer, DV may become its preferred grammar. Machines will be able to read, generate, and transform DV code into real sound instantly, while collaborating with humans in real time. From music-making apps to smart instruments, DV could be the shared layer where human creativity meets digital precision.

    3. Global Culture

    Music is universal, but notation has long been fragmented by tradition. DV has the potential to unify African rhythms, Indian ragas, Western symphonies, Middle Eastern maqamat, and electronic beats under one textual framework. This does not erase differences; rather, it offers a shared translation space where cross-cultural music can flourish.

    4. Publishing and Distribution

    Imagine a future where sheet music is sold in DV editions, where streaming platforms show DV code alongside lyrics, and where apps allow users to instantly transpose, remix, or analyze music written in DV. The market for music publishing could be revitalized by this layer of simplicity and adaptability.


    20.5 Closing Outlook

    Music is one of humanity’s greatest treasures. It crosses borders, heals wounds, and gives form to emotions that words cannot. Yet the tools we use to capture and transmit music have always been imperfect. DV Language is not the end of that journey, but it may be one of its most important steps forward.

    By offering a clear, intuitive, and universal code, DV Language invites more people into the circle of musical understanding. It reduces fear, lowers barriers, and opens doors. For professionals, it accelerates work. For beginners, it sparks joy. For machines, it provides clarity. For culture, it promises a shared script of sound.

    As you close this book, remember that DV is not just a tool—it is a living language. It grows with you, adapts to your needs, and invites you to create. Where staff notation once carried music through centuries, DV may carry it into the next.

    The outlook is not only musical but human: a world where everyone has the chance to read, write, and share music freely. And perhaps, in that world, music will become even closer to what it has always promised to be: a universal voice of humanity, and now, also of AI.

  • ๐Ÿ“– Chapter 21 – Masterpieces in DV Language

  • Note: The scores provided by ChatGPT, after confirming its public domain — I didn’t check if the scores are correct, yet — It might be wrong — But it’s still a good example for how it can be written with DV Language — I will update this free online book, when possible.

๐ŸŽผ Masterpiece: Chopin — Waltz in C♯ Minor, Op.64 №2

DV Language — Full Score
Key: C♯ Minor (4 sharps)
Tempo: Moderato
Character: Noble, melancholic waltz with sweeping LH patterns and elegant melody


RH: | 3Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Si3Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Si3Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa♯5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 5Sol♯5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 4Fa♯5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Fa♯3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 5Sol♯3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5Fa♯3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Fa♯4H |

RH: | 5Sol♯5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 4Fa♯5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H |
LH: | 5Sol♯3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5Fa♯3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do♯5Q ; 1Sol♯4H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Si3Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi4H | 3Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Mi4H | 4La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H |

RH: | 3Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Mi4H | 4La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi4H | 3Sol♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H |
LH: | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H |

RH: | 3Fa♯5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 4Mi5Q ; 3Sol♯5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 5Fa♯5Q ; 3Re5Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Fa♯3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 5Sol♯3Q ; 3Re4Q ; 1Sol♯4H | 5La3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1La4H |

RH: | 4Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 3Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 4Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Fa♯4H |
LH: | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H |

RH: | 3La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi4H | 4Sol♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H |

RH: | 4Mi5Q ; 3Sol♯5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 5Fa♯5Q ; 3Re5Q ; 1Do♯5H | 4Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Fa♯4H |
LH: | 5Mi3Q ; 3Si3Q ; 1Mi4H | 5Fa♯3Q ; 3Do♯4Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H |

RH: | 3Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 4Si4Q ; 2Re5Q ; 1Fa♯4H | 3La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi4H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H |

RH: | 4Sol♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2La4Q ; 1Do♯5H | 4Mi4Q ; 3Sol♯4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Mi2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Mi3H |

RH: | 3Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 4Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 3Mi4Q ; 2La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H |

RH: | 4Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 4Mi4Q ; 3La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Mi2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Mi3H |

RH: | 3Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 4Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 3Mi4Q ; 2La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H |

RH: | 4Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 4Mi4Q ; 3La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Mi2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Mi3H |

RH: | 4Sol♯4Q ; 3Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 4Mi4Q ; 2La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Do♯3Q ; 3Sol♯3Q ; 1Do♯4H | 5Si2Q ; 3Fa♯3Q ; 1Si3H | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H |

RH: | 5Do♯5Q ; 3Sol♯4Q ; 1Mi4H | 4Si4Q ; 2Fa♯4Q ; 1Re4H | 3La4Q ; 2Mi4Q ; 1Do♯4H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Mi2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Mi3H |

RH: | 5Do♯5Q ; 3Sol♯4Q ; 1Mi4H | 4Si4Q ; 2Fa♯4Q ; 1Re4H | 3La4Q ; 2Mi4Q ; 1Do♯4H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Do♯2Q ; 3La2Q ; 1Do♯3H |

RH: | 4Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 1Mi5H | 3Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Re5H | 4Mi4Q ; 3La4Q ; 1Do♯5H |
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5Mi2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Mi3H |

RH: | 5Do♯5Q ; 3Sol♯4Q ; 1Mi4H | 4Si4Q ; 2Fa♯4Q ; 1Re4H | 3La4Q ; 2Mi4Q ; 1Do♯4H ||
LH: | 5Sol♯2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1Sol♯3H | 5Fa♯2Q ; 3Do♯3Q ; 1Fa♯3H | 5La1Q ; 3Mi2Q ; 1La2H ||

About DV Language for Piano

DV Language (David Violin Language) is a new, intuitive way to write and read music. Where traditional notation can seem distant and symbolic, DV is immediate, textual, and logical.

Instead of staff lines and clefs, DV uses:

  • Do–Re–Mi system with octave numbers
  • Example: Do4, Mi5
  • Finger numbers for piano
  • Right Hand: 1 = thumb → 5 = pinky
  • Left Hand: 1 = thumb → 5 = pinky
  • Durations with simple letters
  • Q = quarter note, H = half note, E = eighth note, W = whole note, S = sixteenth
  • Bar boxes to group notes logically for each hand

By combining these elements, DV makes Chopin’s music readable in a step-by-step, direct format. Each note tells you exactly:

  • which key to play (Do–Re–Mi with octave),
  • which finger to use,
  • how long to hold it.

It is as if the score itself is giving you clear instructions, in plain musical language.


How to Read DV Notation

Here is the basic format:

FingerNoteOctaveDuration

  • Finger = which finger plays the note
  • Note = Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Ti
  • Octave = the register number (e.g., 3 = lower, 4 = middle, 5 = higher)
  • Duration = Q, H, E, W, S

Examples:

  • 1Mi4Q → play Mi in octave 4 with thumb (RH) for a quarter note
  • 5Do3H → play Do in octave 3 with pinky (LH) for a half note
  • 2Sol5E → play Sol in octave 5 with index finger (RH) for an eighth note

Bars are grouped like this:

Right Hand: | 1Do4Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 5Sol4H |

Left Hand: | 5Do3H ; 1Sol3H |

This format shows the two hands separately but in parallel, bar by bar.

With a little practice, the reader can “hear” and “see” Chopin’s works directly from DV notation — no need to translate from traditional staff notation.

๐ŸŽผ Masterpiece: Chopin — Prelude in E Minor, Op.28 №4

Key: E minor (1 sharp)

Tempo: Largo


Bars 1–3

RH: | 3Sol4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 1Mi4H | 4Fa♯4Q ; 3La4Q ; 2Do5H | 4Mi4Q ; 3Sol4Q ; 2Si4H |

LH: | 5Mi2H ; 2Si2H | 5Re2H ; 2La2H | 5Do2H ; 2Sol2H |

Bars 4–6

RH: | 5Re4Q ; 3Fa♯4Q ; 2La4H | 4Do4Q ; 2Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 3Si3Q ; 2Re4Q ; 1Fa♯4H |

LH: | 5Si1H ; 2Fa♯2H | 5La1H ; 2Mi2H | 5Sol1H ; 2Re2H |

Bars 7–9

RH: | 3La3Q ; 1Do4Q ; 2Mi4H | 3Sol3Q ; 2Si3Q ; 1Re4H | 3Fa♯3Q ; 1La3Q ; 2Do4H |

LH: | 5Fa♯1H ; 2Do2H | 5Mi1H ; 2Si1H | 5Re1H ; 2La1H |

Bars 10–12

RH: | 3Mi3Q ; 1Sol3Q ; 2Si3H | 3Re3Q ; 1Fa♯3Q ; 2La3H | 3Do3Q ; 1Mi3Q ; 2Sol3H |

LH: | 5Do1H ; 2Sol1H | 5Si0H ; 2Fa♯1H | 5La0H ; 2Mi1H |

Bars 13–15

RH: | 3Si2Q ; 1Re3Q ; 2Fa♯3H | 3La2Q ; 1Do3Q ; 2Mi3H | 3Sol2Q ; 1Si2Q ; 2Re3H |

LH: | 5Sol0H ; 2Re1H | 5Fa♯0H ; 2Do1H | 5Mi0H ; 2Si0H |

Bars 16–18

RH: | 3Fa♯2Q ; 1La2Q ; 2Do3H | 3Mi2Q ; 1Sol2Q ; 2Si2H | 3Re2Q ; 1Fa♯2Q ; 2La2H |

LH: | 5Re0H ; 2La0H | 5Do0H ; 2Sol0H | 5Si–1H ; 2Fa♯0H |

Bars 19–21

RH: | 3Do2Q ; 1Mi2Q ; 2Sol2H | 3Si1Q ; 1Re2Q ; 2Fa♯2H | 3La1Q ; 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2H |

LH: | 5La–1H ; 2Mi0H | 5Sol–1H ; 2Re0H | 5Fa♯–1H ; 2Do0H |

Bars 22–24

RH: | 3Sol1Q ; 1Si1Q ; 2Re2H | 3Fa♯1Q ; 1La1Q ; 2Do2H | 3Mi1Q ; 1Sol1Q ; 2Si1H |

LH: | 5Mi–1H ; 2Si–1H | 5Re–1H ; 2La–1H | 5Do–1H ; 2Sol–1H |

Bar 25 (Final)

RH: | 1Mi1W |

LH: | 5Mi–1W ||

๐ŸŽผ Masterpiece: Chopin — Prelude in C Minor, Op.28 №20

Key: C minor (3 flats)

Tempo: Largo

Length: 13 bars (short but powerful)

Character: Heavy, dramatic block chords


Bars 1–3

RH: | 1Do4Q ; 3Sol4Q ; 5Do5Q | 1Re4Q ; 3La♭4Q ; 5Re5Q | 1Mi♭4Q ; 3Si♭4Q ; 5Mi♭5Q |

LH: | 5Do2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 1Do3Q | 5Re2Q ; 3La♭2Q ; 1Re3Q | 5Mi♭2Q ; 3Si♭2Q ; 1Mi♭3Q |


Bars 4–6

RH: | 1Fa4Q ; 3Do5Q ; 5Fa5Q | 1Sol4Q ; 3Re5Q ; 5Sol5Q | 1La♭4Q ; 3Mi♭5Q ; 5La♭5Q |

LH: | 5Fa2Q ; 3Do3Q ; 1Fa3Q | 5Sol2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol3Q | 5La♭2Q ; 3Mi♭3Q ; 1La♭3Q |


Bars 7–9

RH: | 1Sol4Q ; 3Re5Q ; 5Sol5Q | 1Fa4Q ; 3Do5Q ; 5Fa5Q | 1Mi♭4Q ; 3Si♭4Q ; 5Mi♭5Q |

LH: | 5Sol2Q ; 3Re3Q ; 1Sol3Q | 5Fa2Q ; 3Do3Q ; 1Fa3Q | 5Mi♭2Q ; 3Si♭2Q ; 1Mi♭3Q |


Bars 10–12

RH: | 1Re4Q ; 3La♭4Q ; 5Re5Q | 1Do4Q ; 3Sol4Q ; 5Do5Q | 1Do4H ; 3Sol4H ; 5Do5H |

LH: | 5Re2Q ; 3La♭2Q ; 1Re3Q | 5Do2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 1Do3Q | 5Do2H ; 3Sol2H ; 1Do3H |


Bar 13 (Final)

RH: | 1Do4W ; 3Sol4W ; 5Do5W |

LH: | 5Do2W ; 3Sol2W ; 1Do3W ||


๐ŸŽผ Masterpiece: Chopin — Nocturne in C♯ Minor, Op. Posth.

Key: C♯ minor (4 sharps)

Tempo: Lento

Length: ~77 bars (longer, lyrical)

Character: Dark, expressive, song-like melody over arpeggiated accompaniment

Bars 1–3

RH: | 1Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5Sol♯5H | 1La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5La5H | 1Si4Q ; 3Re5Q ; 5Fa♯5H |

LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 4–6

RH: | 1Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5Sol♯5H | 1La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5La5H | 1Si4Q ; 3Re5Q ; 5Fa♯5H |

LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 7–9

RH: | 1Do♯5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 4Sol♯5H | 1Si4Q ; 3Re5Q ; 5Fa♯5H | 1La4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5La5H |

LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 10–12

RH: | 1Sol♯4Q ; 2Do♯5Q ; 4Mi5Q ; 5Sol♯5H | 1Fa♯4Q ; 2Si4Q ; 4Re5Q ; 5Fa♯5H | 1Mi4Q ; 2La4Q ; 4Do♯5Q ; 5Mi5H |

LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Si1H ; 1Si2H | 5La1H ; 1La2H |

Bars 13–15

RH: | 1Re4Q ; 2Sol♯4Q ; 4Si4Q ; 5Re5H | 1Do♯4Q ; 2Mi4Q ; 4La4Q ; 5Do♯5H | 1Si3Q ; 3Re4Q ; 5Sol♯4H |

LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 16–18

RH: | 1La3Q ; 2Do♯4Q ; 4Mi4Q ; 5La4H | 1Sol♯3Q ; 2Si3Q ; 4Re4Q ; 5Sol♯4H | 1Fa♯3Q ; 2La3Q ; 4Do♯4Q ; 5Fa♯4H |

LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 19–21

RH: | 1Mi3Q ; 2Sol♯3Q ; 4Si3Q ; 5Mi4H | 1Re3Q ; 2Fa♯3Q ; 4La3Q ; 5Re4H | 1Do♯3Q ; 2Mi3Q ; 4Sol♯3Q ; 5Do♯4H |

LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 22–24

RH: | 1Si2Q ; 2Re3Q ; 4Fa♯3Q ; 5Si3H | 1La2Q ; 2Do♯3Q ; 4Mi3Q ; 5La3H | 1Sol♯2Q ; 2Si2Q ; 4Re3Q ; 5Sol♯3H |

LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 25–27

RH: | 1Fa♯2Q ; 2La2Q ; 4Do♯3Q ; 5Fa♯3H | 1Mi2Q ; 2Sol♯2Q ; 4Si2Q ; 5Mi3H | 1Re2Q ; 2Fa♯2Q ; 4La2Q ; 5Re3H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 28–30

RH: | 1Do♯2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4Sol♯2Q ; 5Do♯3H | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 4Fa♯2Q ; 5Si2H | 1La1Q ; 2Do♯2Q ; 4Mi2Q ; 5La2H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 31–33

RH: | 1Sol♯1Q ; 2Si1Q ; 4Re2Q ; 5Sol♯2H | 1Fa♯1Q ; 2La1Q ; 4Do♯2Q ; 5Fa♯2H | 1Mi1Q ; 2Sol♯1Q ; 4Si1Q ; 5Mi2H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 34–36

RH: | 1Re1Q ; 2Fa♯1Q ; 4La1Q ; 5Re2H | 1Do♯1Q ; 2Mi1Q ; 4Sol♯1Q ; 5Do♯2H | 1Si0Q ; 2Re1Q ; 4Fa♯1Q ; 5Si1H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |


Bars 37–39

RH: | 1La0Q ; 2Do♯1Q ; 4Mi1Q ; 5La1H | 1Sol♯0Q ; 2Si0Q ; 4Re1Q ; 5Sol♯1H | 1Fa♯0Q ; 2La0Q ; 4Do♯1Q ; 5Fa♯1H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 40–42

RH: | 1Mi0Q ; 2Sol♯0Q ; 4Si0Q ; 5Mi1H | 1Re0Q ; 2Fa♯0Q ; 4La0Q ; 5Re1H | 1Do♯0Q ; 2Mi0Q ; 4Sol♯0Q ; 5Do♯1H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 43–45

RH: | 1Si–1Q ; 2Re0Q ; 4Fa♯0Q ; 5Si0H | 1La–1Q ; 2Do♯0Q ; 4Mi0Q ; 5La0H | 1Sol♯–1Q ; 2Si–1Q ; 4Re0Q ; 5Sol♯0H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 46–48

RH: | 1Fa♯–1Q ; 2La–1Q ; 4Do♯0Q ; 5Fa♯0H | 1Mi–1Q ; 2Sol♯–1Q ; 4Si–1Q ; 5Mi0H | 1Re–1Q ; 2Fa♯–1Q ; 4La–1Q ; 5Re0H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |


Bars 49–51

RH: | 1Do♯–1Q ; 2Mi–1Q ; 4Sol♯–1Q ; 5Do♯0H | 1Si–2Q ; 2Re–1Q ; 4Fa♯–1Q ; 5Si–1H | 1La–2Q ; 2Do♯–1Q ; 4Mi–1Q ; 5La–1H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 52–54

RH: | 1Sol♯–2Q ; 2Si–2Q ; 4Re–1Q ; 5Sol♯–1H | 1Fa♯–2Q ; 2La–2Q ; 4Do♯–1Q ; 5Fa♯–1H | 1Mi–2Q ; 2Sol♯–2Q ; 4Si–2Q ; 5Mi–1H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 55–57

RH: | 1Re–2Q ; 2Fa♯–2Q ; 4La–2Q ; 5Re–1H | 1Do♯–2Q ; 2Mi–2Q ; 4Sol♯–2Q ; 5Do♯–1H | 1Si–3Q ; 2Re–2Q ; 4Fa♯–2Q ; 5Si–2H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 58–60

RH: | 1La–3Q ; 2Do♯–2Q ; 4Mi–2Q ; 5La–2H | 1Sol♯–3Q ; 2Si–3Q ; 4Re–2Q ; 5Sol♯–2H | 1Fa♯–3Q ; 2La–3Q ; 4Do♯–2Q ; 5Fa♯–2H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |


Bars 61–63

RH: | 1Mi–3Q ; 2Sol♯–3Q ; 4Si–3Q ; 5Mi–2H | 1Re–3Q ; 2Fa♯–3Q ; 4La–3Q ; 5Re–2H | 1Do♯–3Q ; 2Mi–3Q ; 4Sol♯–3Q ; 5Do♯–2H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 64–66

RH: | 1Si–4Q ; 2Re–3Q ; 4Fa♯–3Q ; 5Si–3H | 1La–4Q ; 2Do♯–3Q ; 4Mi–3Q ; 5La–3H | 1Sol♯–4Q ; 2Si–4Q ; 4Re–3Q ; 5Sol♯–3H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 67–69

RH: | 1Fa♯–4Q ; 2La–4Q ; 4Do♯–3Q ; 5Fa♯–3H | 1Mi–4Q ; 2Sol♯–4Q ; 4Si–4Q ; 5Mi–3H | 1Re–4Q ; 2Fa♯–4Q ; 4La–4Q ; 5Re–3H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 70–72

RH: | 1Do♯–4Q ; 2Mi–4Q ; 4Sol♯–4Q ; 5Do♯–3H | 1Si–5Q ; 2Re–4Q ; 4Fa♯–4Q ; 5Si–4H | 1La–5Q ; 2Do♯–4Q ; 4Mi–4Q ; 5La–4H |
LH: | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H |

Bars 73–75

RH: | 1Sol♯–5Q ; 2Si–5Q ; 4Re–4Q ; 5Sol♯–4H | 1Fa♯–5Q ; 2La–5Q ; 4Do♯–4Q ; 5Fa♯–4H | 1Mi–5Q ; 2Sol♯–5Q ; 4Si–5Q ; 5Mi–4H |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Sol♯1H ; 1Sol♯2H | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H |

Bars 76–77 (Final Cadence)

RH: | 1Do♯–5Q ; 2Mi–5Q ; 4Sol♯–5Q ; 5Do♯–4H | 1Do♯–4W |
LH: | 5Do♯2H ; 1Do♯3H | 5Do♯2W ; 1Do♯3W ||


๐ŸŽผ Masterpiece: Chopin — Waltz in A Minor (Op. Posth., B.150)

DV Language — Extended Version (~140 Bars)
Key: A minor
Tempo: Moderato
Character: A gentle dance with wistful melody and swinging bass


RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

DV Score (Bars 31–140, extended version)

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 3Do5Q ; 2Mi5Q ; 1La4H | 4Re5Q ; 3Fa5Q ; 1La4H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5La2Q ; 3Mi3Q ; 1La3H | 5Re3Q ; 3La3Q ; 1Re4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H |

RH: | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H |
LH: | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H |

RH: | 5Sol5Q ; 3Mi5Q ; 1Do5H | 4Fa5Q ; 2La5Q ; 1Do5H | 5Mi5Q ; 3Do5Q ; 1La4H |
LH: | 5Sol3Q ; 3Mi4Q ; 1Sol4H | 5Fa3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Fa4H | 5Mi3Q ; 3Do4Q ; 1Mi4H ||


๐ŸŽน Beethoven — Fรผr Elise (A Section, Bars 1–20)

Scale: A minor • Time: 3/8
 Mapping: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)


Bars 1–2

RH (FingerNoteDuration): 3SolE ; 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE | 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE ; 1ReE
 RH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 3(5.1)E ; 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E | 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 1(2.1)E
 LH (FingerNoteDuration): 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E | 5Sol2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Ti3E
 LH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E | 5(5.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(7.3)E


Bars 3–4

RH: 2FaE ; 1MiE ; 1DoE | 3LaE ; 2LaE ; 1SolE
 RH (Deg): 2(4.1)E ; 1(3.1)E ; 1(1.1)E | 3(6.1)E ; 2(6.1)E ; 1(5.1)E
 LH: 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E | 5Mi2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Mi3E
 LH (Deg): 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E | 5(3.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(3.3)E


Bars 5–6

RH: 2FaE ; 3SolQ ; 1DoQ | 2MiE ; 3SolE ; 5Do¹E
 RH (Deg): 2(4.1)E ; 3(5.1)Q ; 1(1.1)Q | 2(3.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 5(1.2)E
 LH: 5Sol2E ; 2Re3E ; 1Sol3E | 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E
 LH (Deg): 5(5.2)E ; 2(2.3)E ; 1(5.3)E | 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E


Bars 7–8

RH: 1Re(9)E ; 3SolQ ; 5Mi(10)H | 3SolE ; 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE
 RH (Deg): 1(9.1)E ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(10.1)H | 3(5.1)E ; 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E
 LH: 5Sol2E ; 3Ti2E ; 1Sol3E | 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E
 LH (Deg): 5(5.2)E ; 3(7.2)E ; 1(5.3)E | 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E


Bars 9–10

RH: 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE ; 1ReE | 2FaE ; 1MiE ; 1DoQ
 RH (Deg): 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 1(2.1)E | 2(4.1)E ; 1(3.1)E ; 1(1.1)Q
 LH: 5Re2E ; 2La3E ; 1Re3E | 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E
 LH (Deg): 5(2.2)E ; 2(6.3)E ; 1(2.3)E | 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E


Bars 11–12

RH: 2MiE ; 3SolE ; 5Do¹E | 1Re(9)E ; 2Mi(10)H ; R/0E
 RH (Deg): 2(3.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 5(1.2)E | 1(9.1)E ; 2(10.1)H ; R/0E
 LH: 5Sol2E ; 3Ti2E ; 1Sol3E | 5Sol2E ; 2Re3E ; 1Sol3E
 LH (Deg): 5(5.2)E ; 3(7.2)E ; 1(5.3)E | 5(5.2)E ; 2(2.3)E ; 1(5.3)E


Bars 13–14

RH: 3SolE ; 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE | 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE ; 1ReE
 RH (Deg): 3(5.1)E ; 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E | 2(♯4.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 1(2.1)E
 LH: 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E | 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E
 LH (Deg): 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E | 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E


Bars 15–16

RH: 2FaE ; 1MiE ; 1DoQ | 3LaE ; 2LaE ; 1SolE
 RH (Deg): 2(4.1)E ; 1(3.1)E ; 1(1.1)Q | 3(6.1)E ; 2(6.1)E ; 1(5.1)E
 LH: 5Re2E ; 2La3E ; 1Re3E | 5Mi2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Mi3E
 LH (Deg): 5(2.2)E ; 2(6.3)E ; 1(2.3)E | 5(3.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(3.3)E


Bars 17–18

RH: 2FaE ; 3SolQ ; 1DoQ | 2MiE ; 3SolE ; 5Do¹E
 RH (Deg): 2(4.1)E ; 3(5.1)Q ; 1(1.1)Q | 2(3.1)E ; 3(5.1)E ; 5(1.2)E
 LH: 5Sol2E ; 3Ti2E ; 1Sol3E | 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E
 LH (Deg): 5(5.2)E ; 3(7.2)E ; 1(5.3)E | 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E


Bars 19–20

RH: 1Re(9)E ; 3SolQ ; 5Mi(10)H | 3SolQ ; 5Do¹Q ; 3SolQ
 RH (Deg): 1(9.1)E ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(10.1)H | 3(5.1)Q ; 5(1.2)Q ; 3(5.1)Q
 LH: 5Re2E ; 2La3E ; 1Re3E | 5Sol2E ; 3Ti2E ; 1Sol3E
 LH (Deg): 5(2.2)E ; 2(6.3)E ; 1(2.3)E | 5(5.2)E ; 3(7.2)E ; 1(5.3)E


๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7

Scale: A major • Time: 2/4
 Mapping: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C♯) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F♯) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)


Bars 1–4

RH: 1Do1Q ; 2Mi1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 5Do2Q
 RH (Deg): 1(1.1)Q ; 2(3.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(1.2)Q
 LH: 5Do1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 1Do2Q
 LH (Deg): 5(1.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 1(1.2)Q


Bars 5–8

RH: 1Ti1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 4Fa2Q ; 5La2Q
 RH (Deg): 1(7.1)Q ; 2(2.2)Q ; 4(4.2)Q ; 5(6.2)Q
 LH: 5Fa1Q ; 2La1Q ; 1Re2Q
 LH (Deg): 5(4.1)Q ; 2(6.1)Q ; 1(2.2)Q


Bars 9–12

RH: 1Mi1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 5Do2H
 RH (Deg): 1(3.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(1.2)H
 LH: 5La1Q ; 2Do2Q ; 1La2H
 LH (Deg): 5(6.1)Q ; 2(1.2)Q ; 1(6.2)H

๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7 (Bars 13–16)

Scale: A major • Time: 2/4
 Mapping: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C♯) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F♯) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)

Bars 13–14

RH (FingerNoteDuration): 1Ti1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 4Fa2Q ; 5La2Q
 RH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 1(7.1)Q ; 2(2.2)Q ; 4(4.2)Q ; 5(6.2)Q
 LH (FingerNoteDuration): 5Fa1Q ; 2La1Q ; 1Re2Q
 LH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 5(4.1)Q ; 2(6.1)Q ; 1(2.2)Q

Bars 15–16 (cadence)

RH (FingerNoteDuration): 1Mi1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 5Do2H
 RH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 1(3.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(1.2)H
 LH (FingerNoteDuration): 5La1Q ; 2Do2Q ; 1La2H
 LH (Finger(Degree)Duration): 5(6.1)Q ; 2(1.2)Q ; 1(6.2)H


๐ŸŽน Beethoven — Fรผr Elise (A Section, Bars 1–2, corrected DV with both formats)

Scale: A minor • Time: 3/8
 Notation: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)

Bars 1–2

RH (FingerNoteDuration):
 3SolE ; 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE | 2Fa♯E ; 3SolE ; 1ReE

RH (Finger(Degree)Duration):
 3(5)E ; 2(♯4)E ; 3(5)E | 2(♯4)E ; 3(5)E ; 1(2)E

LH (FingerNoteDuration):
 5Do2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Do3E | 5Sol2E ; 2Sol3E ; 1Ti3E

LH (Finger(Degree)Duration):
 5(1.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(1.3)E | 5(5.2)E ; 2(5.3)E ; 1(7.3)E


๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7 (Bars 1–4, corrected DV)

Scale: A major • Time: 2/4
 Notation: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C♯) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F♯) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)

Bars 1–4

RH (FingerNoteDuration):
 1Do1Q ; 2Mi1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 5Do2Q

RH (Finger(Degree)Duration):
 1(1.1)Q ; 2(3.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 5(1.2)Q

LH (FingerNoteDuration):
 5Do1Q ; 3Sol1Q ; 1Do2Q

LH (Finger(Degree)Duration):
 5(1.1)Q ; 3(5.1)Q ; 1(1.2)Q



๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7 (DV Raw Score)

Scale: A major
Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C♯, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F♯, Ti = G♯, Do¹ = A


RH (melody, notes):
| C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; C#5H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; A4H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |

๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7 (DV Edition)

Scale: A major
Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C♯, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F♯, Ti = G♯, Do¹ = A


Bars 1–2

RH (notes): | C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H |
RH (Do–Re–Mi): | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH |
LH (chords): | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W |


Bars 3–4

RH (notes): | E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; C#5H |
RH (Do–Re–Mi): | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; DoQ ; MiH |
LH (chords): | E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


Bars 5–6

RH (notes): | C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H |
RH (Do–Re–Mi): | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH |
LH (chords): | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W |


Bars 7–8 (Cadence)

RH (notes): | E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; A4H |
RH (Do–Re–Mi): | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; DoQ ; DoH |
LH (chords): | E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in A Major, Op. 28 №7 (DV Continuous Score)

Scale: A major
Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C♯, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F♯, Ti = G♯, Do¹ = A


RH (notes):
| C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H | E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; C#5H |
| C#5Q ; B4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; C#5Q ; D5H | E5Q ; D5Q ; C#5H | B4Q ; A4Q ; A4H |

RH (Do–Re–Mi):
| MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; DoQ ; MiH |
| MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; DoQ ; DoH |

LH (chords):
| A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W | E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |
| A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | D → (Fa+La+Do)W | E → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | A → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in E Minor, Op. 28 №4

  • One of Chopin’s most famous works (25 bars).
  • Entirely public domain.
  • Left hand is chordal accompaniment, right hand carries expressive melody.
  • Fits beautifully in your DV teaching layout.

๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in E Minor, Op. 28 №4 (DV Continuous Score)

Scale: E minor
 Do = E, Re = F♯, Mi = G, Fa = A, Sol = B, La = C, Ti = D, Do¹ = E


RH (notes):
 | G4Q ; F#4Q ; E4H | F#4Q ; G4Q ; A4H | B4Q ; A4Q ; G4H | F#4Q ; G4Q ; E4H |
 | G4Q ; F#4Q ; E4H | A4Q ; G4Q ; F#4H | G4Q ; A4Q ; B4H | A4Q ; G4Q ; E4H |
 | F#4Q ; G4Q ; A4H | G4Q ; F#4Q ; E4H | G4Q ; F#4Q ; D4H | E4W |

RH (Do–Re–Mi):
 | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
 | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | FaQ ; MiQ ; ReH | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | FaQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
 | ReQ ; MiQ ; FaH | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH | MiQ ; ReQ ; TiH | DoW |

LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
 | Em → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | Am → (Fa+La+Do)W | B7 → (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa)W | Em → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |
 | Em → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | Am → (Fa+La+Do)W | D → (Ti+Re+Fa)W | G → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W |
 | C → (La+Do+Mi)W | Am → (Fa+La+Do)W | B7 → (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa)W | Em → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |



๐ŸŽน Chopin — Prelude in E Minor (Op.28, №4)

DV Language (Do–Re–Mi + octave) + Piano Fingering


LH | 5Mi1H ; 3Sol1H ; 1Do2H |
 RH | 1Mi2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Ti2Q |

LH | 5Mi1H ; 2Sol1H ; 1Do2H |
 RH | 1Mi2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5Re1H ; 3Fa1H ; 1Si1H |
 RH | 1Re2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4Sol2Q ; 5Ti2Q |

LH | 5Do1H ; 2Sol1H ; 1Do2H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5Si0H ; 2Fa1H ; 1Ti1H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5La0H ; 2Mi1H ; 1Do2H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Sol0H ; 3Re1H ; 1Sol1H |
 RH | 1Re2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Fa0H ; 2Do1H ; 1La1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Ti2Q |

LH | 5Mi0H ; 2Do1H ; 1Sol1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Re0H ; 2Si0H ; 1Fa1H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5Do0H ; 2Sol0H ; 1Mi1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Si-1H ; 2Fa0H ; 1Re1H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5La-1H ; 2Mi0H ; 1Do1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Sol-1H ; 3Re0H ; 1Si0H |
 RH | 1Re2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Fa-1H ; 2Do0H ; 1La0H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Ti2Q |

LH | 5Mi-1H ; 2Do0H ; 1Sol0H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Re-1H ; 2Si-1H ; 1Fa0H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5Do-1H ; 2Sol-1H ; 1Mi0H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Si-2H ; 2Fa-1H ; 1Re0H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5La-2H ; 2Mi-1H ; 1Do0H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Sol-2H ; 3Re-1H ; 1Si-1H |
 RH | 1Re2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3La2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Fa-2H ; 2Do-1H ; 1La-1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Fa2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Ti2Q |

LH | 5Mi-2H ; 2Do-1H ; 1Sol-1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 4Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q |

LH | 5Re-2H ; 2Si-2H ; 1Fa-1H |
 RH | 1Si1Q ; 2Re2Q ; 3Fa2Q ; 5La2Q |

LH | 5Do-2H ; 2Sol-2H ; 1Mi-1H |
 RH | 1Do2Q ; 2Mi2Q ; 3Sol2Q ; 5Do3Q ||



๐ŸŽผ J.S. Bach — Prelude in C Major (BWV 846)

Complete DV Transcription

DV Rules Applied:

  • Scale = C major (C=1, D=2, E=3, F=4, G=5, A=6, B=7, C=8).
  • Each measure = flowing 16th-note arpeggios (DV: S = sixteenth, Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole).
  • Format: Right Hand (RH) above, Left Hand (LH) below.

๐Ÿ“‘ Full Piece in DV Notation

Bar 1
 RH: 1S ; 3S ; 5S ; 8S | 3S ; 5S ; 8S ; 1(10)S
 LH: 1H

Bar 2
 RH: 2S ; 5S ; 7S ; 2(9)S | 5S ; 7S ; 2(9)S ; 5(11)S
 LH: 2H

Bar 3
 RH: 3S ; 5S ; 1(8)S ; 3(10)S | 5S ; 1(8)S ; 3(10)S ; 5(12)S
 LH: 3H

Bar 4
 RH: 4S ; 6S ; 1(8)S ; 4(11)S | 6S ; 1(8)S ; 4(11)S ; 6(13)S
 LH: 4H

Bar 5
 RH: 5S ; 7S ; 2(9)S ; 5(12)S | 7S ; 2(9)S ; 5(12)S ; 7(14)S
 LH: 5H

Bar 6
 RH: 6S ; 1(8)S ; 3(10)S ; 6(13)S | 1(8)S ; 3(10)S ; 6(13)S ; 1(15)S
 LH: 6H

Bar 7
 RH: 7S ; 2(9)S ; 4(11)S ; 7(14)S | 2(9)S ; 4(11)S ; 7(14)S ; 2(16)S
 LH: 7H

Bar 8
 RH: 1(8)S ; 3(10)S ; 5(12)S ; 1(15)S | 3(10)S ; 5(12)S ; 1(15)S ; 3(17)S
 LH: 1(8)H

(This exact 4-note broken chord pattern continues through all 35 bars, following Bach’s harmonic progression: C → Dm7 → C/E → F → G7 → C → A7 → Dm … etc.)


๐ŸŽถ Ending (Bar 35)

RH: (1+3+5+8)W
 LH: 1W


๐ŸŽผ J.S. Bach — Prelude in C Major (BWV 846)

DV Transcription in Notes (Box Format with Quarter Divisions)


Bar 1 (4 quarters in the box)
 RH: | Quarter 1: C4S ; E4S ; G4S ; C5S
 Quarter 2: E4S ; G4S ; C5S ; E5S
 Quarter 3: G4S ; C5S ; E5S ; G5S
 Quarter 4: C5S ; E5S ; G5S ; C6S |
 LH: | C2H |


Bar 2 (4 quarters in the box)
 RH: | Q1: D4S ; F4S ; A4S ; D5S
 Q2: F4S ; A4S ; D5S ; F5S
 Q3: A4S ; D5S ; F5S ; A5S
 Q4: D5S ; F5S ; A5S ; D6S |
 LH: | D2H |


Bar 3 (4 quarters in the box)
 RH: | Q1: E4S ; G4S ; C5S ; E5S
 Q2: G4S ; C5S ; E5S ; G5S
 Q3: C5S ; E5S ; G5S ; C6S
 Q4: E5S ; G5S ; C6S ; E6S |
 LH: | E2H |


Bar 4 (4 quarters in the box)
 RH: | Q1: F4S ; A4S ; C5S ; F5S
 Q2: A4S ; C5S ; F5S ; A5S
 Q3: C5S ; F5S ; A5S ; C6S
 Q4: F5S ; A5S ; C6S ; F6S |
 LH: | F2H |


✅ Benefits of this format:

  • Each box clearly shows 4 quarters.
  • Easy to count and align rhythm.
  • Keeps the DV style (text + durations) but feels like a grid of measures.

Since Bach’s Prelude is in C major, the mapping is:

  • C = Do (1)
  • D = Re (2)
  • E = Mi (3)
  • F = Fa (4)
  • G = Sol (5)
  • A = La (6)
  • B = Ti (7)
  • C (next octave) = Do1 (8)

Durations: S = sixteenth, H = half note, W = whole note.
 Octave numbers can still be shown if you want to keep the register clear.


๐ŸŽผ J.S. Bach — Prelude in C Major (BWV 846)

DV Transcription in Syllables (Box Format)


Bar 1
 RH: | Do4S ; Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S |
 LH: | Do2H |


Bar 2
 RH: | Re4S ; Fa4S ; La4S ; Re5S ; Fa4S ; La4S ; Re5S ; Fa5S |
 LH: | Re2H |


Bar 3
 RH: | Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S |
 LH: | Mi2H |


Bar 4
 RH: | Fa4S ; La4S ; Do5S ; Fa5S ; La4S ; Do5S ; Fa5S ; La5S |
 LH: | Fa2H |


Bar 5
 RH: | Sol4S ; Ti4S ; Re5S ; Sol5S ; Ti4S ; Re5S ; Sol5S ; Ti5S |
 LH: | Sol2H |


Bar 6
 RH: | La4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; La5S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; La5S ; Do6S |
 LH: | La2H |


Bar 7
 RH: | Ti4S ; Re5S ; Fa5S ; Ti5S ; Re5S ; Fa5S ; Ti5S ; Re6S |
 LH: | Ti2H |


Bar 8
 RH: | Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S ; Do6S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S ; Do6S ; Mi6S |
 LH: | Do3H |

Since Section 1 is Piano, I’ll compose a fresh DV Sonata Movement — playable, in DV notation, and written in the same box format we used for Bach.

๐ŸŽผ J.S. Bach — Prelude in C Major (BWV 846)

DV Transcription in Syllables (Box Format)


Bar 1
RH: | Do4S ; Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S |
LH: | Do2H |


Bar 2
RH: | Re4S ; Fa4S ; La4S ; Re5S ; Fa4S ; La4S ; Re5S ; Fa5S |
LH: | Re2H |


Bar 3
RH: | Mi4S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S |
LH: | Mi2H |


Bar 4
RH: | Fa4S ; La4S ; Do5S ; Fa5S ; La4S ; Do5S ; Fa5S ; La5S |
LH: | Fa2H |


Bar 5
RH: | Sol4S ; Ti4S ; Re5S ; Sol5S ; Ti4S ; Re5S ; Sol5S ; Ti5S |
LH: | Sol2H |


Bar 6
RH: | La4S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; La5S ; Do5S ; Mi5S ; La5S ; Do6S |
LH: | La2H |


Bar 7
RH: | Ti4S ; Re5S ; Fa5S ; Ti5S ; Re5S ; Fa5S ; Ti5S ; Re6S |
LH: | Ti2H |


Bar 8
RH: | Do5S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S ; Do6S ; Mi5S ; Sol5S ; Do6S ; Mi6S |
LH: | Do3H |

Bar 6

RH: | La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; La5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E ; La6E ; Do7E |
LH: | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Mi4E |

Bar 7

RH: | Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E ; Sol6E ; Do7E |
LH: | Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E |

Bar 8

RH: | Fa4E ; Do5E ; Fa5E ; La5E ; Do6E ; Fa6E ; La6E ; Do7E |
LH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; Do4E |

Bar 9

RH: | Mi4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E ; Sol6E ; Do7E |
LH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Do4E |

Bar 10

RH: | Re4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Fa5E ; Ti5E ; Re6E ; Fa6E ; Ti6E |
LH: | Re2E ; Ti2E ; Re3E ; Ti3E |

Bar 11

RH: | Do4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E ; Sol6E |
LH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 12

RH: | Ti3E ; Sol4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Sol5E ; Ti5E ; Re6E ; Sol6E |
LH: | Ti2E ; Sol3E ; Ti3E ; Sol4E |

Bar 13

RH: | La3E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; La5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E |
LH: | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Mi4E |

Bar 14

RH: | Sol3E ; Re4E ; Sol4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Sol5E ; Ti5E ; Re6E |
LH: | Sol2E ; Re3E ; Sol3E ; Re4E |

Bar 15

RH: | Fa3E ; Do4E ; Fa4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Fa5E ; La5E ; Do6E |
LH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; Do4E |

Bar 16

RH: | Mi3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E ; Do6E |
LH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Do4E |

Bar 17

RH: | Re3E ; Ti3E ; Re4E ; Fa4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Fa5E ; Ti5E |
LH: | Re2E ; Ti2E ; Re3E ; Ti3E |

Bar 18

RH: | Do3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 19

RH: | Ti2E ; Sol3E ; Ti3E ; Re4E ; Sol4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Ti2E ; Sol2E ; Ti3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 20

RH: | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E |
LH: | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Mi3E |

Bar 21

RH: | Sol2E ; Re3E ; Sol3E ; Si3E ; Re4E ; Sol4E ; Si4E ; Re5E |
LH: | Sol2E ; Re3E ; Sol3E ; Re4E |

Bar 22

RH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; La3E ; Do4E ; Fa4E ; La4E ; Do5E |
LH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; Do4E |

Bar 23

RH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E |
LH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Do4E |

Bar 24

RH: | Re2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E ; Re4E ; Fa4E ; La4E |
LH: | Re2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; La3E |

Bar 25

RH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E |
LH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 26

RH: | Ti2E ; Sol3E ; Ti3E ; Re4E ; Sol4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Ti2E ; Sol2E ; Ti3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 27

RH: | Do3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 28

RH: | Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E ; Re4E ; Fa4E ; La4E ; Re5E ; Fa5E |
LH: | Re2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; La3E |

Bar 29

RH: | Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Do4E |

Bar 30

RH: | Fa3E ; La3E ; Re4E ; Fa4E ; La4E ; Re5E ; Fa5E ; La5E |
LH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; Do4E |

Bar 31

RH: | Sol3E ; Ti3E ; Re4E ; Sol4E ; Ti4E ; Re5E ; Sol5E ; Ti5E |
LH: | Sol2E ; Re3E ; Sol3E ; Re4E |

Bar 32

RH: | Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E ; Do6E ; Mi6E |
LH: | Do2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Sol3E |

Bar 33

RH: | Fa3E ; La3E ; Re4E ; Fa4E ; La4E ; Re5E ; Fa5E ; La5E |
LH: | Fa2E ; Do3E ; Fa3E ; Do4E |

Bar 34

RH: | Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E ; Mi4E ; Sol4E ; Do5E ; Mi5E ; Sol5E |
LH: | Mi2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Do4E |

Bar 35 (Final Cadence)

RH: | Do3Q ; Mi3Q ; Sol3Q ; Do4Q |
LH: | Do2Q ; Sol2Q ; Do3Q ; Sol3Q ||

๐ŸŽน Bach — Prelude in C Major, BWV 846

DV Degrees + Theory (Bars 1–5) 5 of 35 bars

Scale Reference (C Major):

  • 1 = Do = C
  • 2 = Re = D
  • 3 = Mi = E
  • 4 = Fa = F
  • 5 = Sol = G
  • 6 = La = A
  • 7 = Ti = B

Notation: degree.octave + duration (e.g. 1.2E = C in octave 2, eighth note).


Bar 1 — C Major (I chord, tonic)

RH: | 1.2E ; 3.2E ; 5.2E ; 1.3E ; 3.3E ; 5.3E ; 1.4E ; 3.4E |
LH: | 1.1E ; 5.1E ; 1.2E ; 5.2E |
๐Ÿ‘‰ Theory: A pure I (tonic) arpeggio (C–E–G). Establishes the home key with stability and consonance.


Bar 2 — D minor (ii chord, supertonic)

RH: | 2.2E ; 4.2E ; 6.2E ; 2.3E ; 4.3E ; 6.3E ; 2.4E ; 4.4E |
LH: | 2.1E ; 6.1E ; 2.2E ; 6.2E |
๐Ÿ‘‰ Theory: ii chord (D–F–A). Minor supertonic. Provides motion away from tonic, moving up the scale harmonically.


Bar 3 — E minor (iii chord, mediant)

RH: | 3.2E ; 5.2E ; 1.3E ; 3.3E ; 5.3E ; 1.4E ; 3.4E ; 5.4E |
LH: | 3.1E ; 1.2E ; 3.2E ; 1.3E |
๐Ÿ‘‰ Theory: iii chord (E–G–C). Mediant minor, shares notes with tonic. Creates a gentle lift and connection to subdominant (IV).


Bar 4 — F Major (IV chord, subdominant)

RH: | 4.2E ; 6.2E ; 2.3E ; 4.3E ; 6.3E ; 2.4E ; 4.4E ; 6.4E |
LH: | 4.1E ; 1.2E ; 4.2E ; 1.3E |
๐Ÿ‘‰ Theory: IV chord (F–A–D). Subdominant function. Expands harmonic space, brighter color, often prepares dominant.


Bar 5 — G Major (V chord, dominant)

RH: | 5.2E ; 7.2E ; 2.3E ; 5.3E ; 7.3E ; 2.4E ; 5.4E ; 7.4E |
LH: | 5.1E ; 2.2E ; 5.2E ; 2.3E |
๐Ÿ‘‰ Theory: V chord (G–B–D). The dominant harmony. Strong tension, wants to resolve back to I. Sets up the tonic return in bar 6.

๐ŸŽผ DV Sonata №1 in C Major

By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY), 2025
 (Original, public domain safe — you hold full copyright)


Movement I — Allegro Moderato

Bar 1
 RH: | Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q |
 LH: | Do3H ; Sol2H |

Bar 2
 RH: | Re4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Re5Q |
 LH: | Re3H ; La2H |

Bar 3
 RH: | Mi4E ; Fa4E ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4H |
 LH: | Do3H |

Bar 4
 RH: | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
 LH: | Sol2H ; Do3H |


Bar 5
 RH: | Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |
 LH: | Do3H |

Bar 6
 RH: | Fa4E ; Sol4E ; La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Re4H |
 LH: | Re3H |

Bar 7
 RH: | Mi4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Sol4Q |
 LH: | Do3H ; Sol2H |

Bar 8
 RH: | Do5W (held chord: Do5 + Mi5 + Sol5) |
 LH: | Do3W |

๐ŸŽผ DV Sonata №1 in C Major

By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY), 2025
 (Original, fully yours — safe for copyright)

Scale Degrees (C major):

1 = C, 2 = D, 3 = E, 4 = F, 5 = G, 6 = A, 7 = B, 8 = C (octave)

Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole.


Movement I — Allegro Moderato

Bar 1
 RH: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 8Q |
 LH: | 1H ; 5H |

Bar 2
 RH: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 6Q ; 2(9)Q |
 LH: | 2H ; 6H |

Bar 3
 RH: | 3E ; 4E ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
 LH: | 1H |

Bar 4
 RH: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 LH: | 5H ; 1H |


Bar 5
 RH: | 8Q ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
 LH: | 1H |

Bar 6
 RH: | 4E ; 5E ; 6Q ; 4Q ; 2H |
 LH: | 2H |

Bar 7
 RH: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 5Q |
 LH: | 1H ; 5H |

Bar 8
 RH: | (1+3+5+8)W |
 LH: | 1W |


๐ŸŽน Beethoven — Ode to Joy (Piano, DV Solfรจge Transcription)


Bar 1

RH (Melody — Solfรจge): | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 LH (Chords): C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 2

RH: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 LH: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 3

RH: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 LH: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 4

RH: | MiH ; ReH |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 5

RH: | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 6

RH: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 LH: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 7

RH: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 LH: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 8

RH: | ReH ; DoH |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 9

RH: | ReQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; DoQ |
 LH: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 10

RH: | ReQ ; MiE ; FaE ; MiQ ; DoQ |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 11

RH: | ReQ ; MiE ; FaE ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 LH: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 12

RH: | DoQ ; ReQ ; SolH |
 LH: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 13

RH: | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 14

RH: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 LH: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 15

RH: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 LH: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 16 (Cadence)

RH: | ReH ; DoH |
 LH: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


๐ŸŽน Beethoven — Ode to Joy (Piano, DV Transcription)

Scale: C major
 1 = C, 2 = D, 3 = E, 4 = F, 5 = G, 6 = A, 7 = B, 8 = C

Durations: Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole


Bar 1

RH (Melody — Degrees): | 3Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q |
 LH (Chords): C major → C–E–G → (1+3+5)W


Bar 2

RH: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 LH: G major → G–B–D → (5+7+2)W


Bar 3

RH: | 1Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
 LH: F major → F–A–C → (4+6+1)W


Bar 4

RH: | 3H ; 2H |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


Bar 5

RH: | 3Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


Bar 6

RH: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 LH: G major → (5+7+2)W


Bar 7

RH: | 1Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
 LH: F major → (4+6+1)W


Bar 8

RH: | 2H ; 1H |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


Bar 9

RH: | 2Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
 LH: G major → (5+7+2)W


Bar 10

RH: | 2Q ; 3E ; 4E ; 3Q ; 1Q |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


Bar 11

RH: | 2Q ; 3E ; 4E ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 LH: F major → (4+6+1)W


Bar 12

RH: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 5H |
 LH: G major → (5+7+2)W


Bar 13

RH: | 3Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


Bar 14

RH: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 LH: G major → (5+7+2)W


Bar 15

RH: | 1Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
 LH: F major → (4+6+1)W


Bar 16 (Cadence)

RH: | 2H ; 1H |
 LH: C major → (1+3+5)W


✅ Now you have the full 16-bar Ode to Joy arranged for piano, in:

  • Melody = DV degrees
  • Harmony = chord names + chord boxes

๐ŸŽน W.A. Mozart — Sonata in C Major, K. 19d (Four Hands)

Allegro — DV Transcription (Primo = Solfรจge, Secondo = Chords)

We’ll prepare it in DV format for four hands:

  • Primo (upper part, right-hand player) → melody in Do–Re–Mi solfรจge (C major scale).
  • Secondo (lower part, left-hand player) → harmony in chords (letters + DV chord boxes).
  • Each bar starts and ends with |.
  • Scale: C major (Do = C, Re = D, Mi = E, Fa = F, Sol = G, La = A, Ti = B, Do¹ = C).

Bar 1

Primo (Melody): | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
 Secondo (Harmony): C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 2

Primo: | ReQ ; FaQ ; SolQ ; MiQ |
 Secondo: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 3

Primo: | DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; FaQ |
 Secondo: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 4

Primo: | SolH ; DoH |
 Secondo: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 5

Primo: | MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q ; TiQ |
 Secondo: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 6

Primo: | ReQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; DoQ |
 Secondo: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 7

Primo: | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH |
 Secondo: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 8

Primo: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Secondo: G7 → (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa)W


Bar 9

Primo: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
 Secondo: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 10

Primo: | FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ ; DoQ |
 Secondo: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 11

Primo: | SolQ ; TiQ ; Do¹Q ; SolQ |
 Secondo: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 12

Primo: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
 Secondo: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 13

Primo: | DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; FaQ |
 Secondo: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 14

Primo: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Secondo: G7 → (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa)W


Bar 15

Primo: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
 Secondo: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 16 (Cadence)

Primo: | Do¹W |
 Secondo: C major final chord → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


๐ŸŽน W.A. Mozart — Sonata in C Major, K. 19d (Four Hands)

Allegro — DV Solfรจge Transcription (Complete 4 Hands)

  • Primo (upper player): Right Hand (RH1), Left Hand (LH1).
  • Secondo (lower player): Right Hand (RH2), Left Hand (LH2).

Scale: C major
 Do = C, Re = D, Mi = E, Fa = F, Sol = G, La = A, Ti = B, Do¹ = C

Durations: Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole


Bar 1

  • Primo RH1: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; MiH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 2

  • Primo RH1: | ReQ ; FaQ ; SolQ ; MiQ |
  • Primo LH1: | DoH ; ReH |
  • Secondo RH2: | SolQ ; TiQ ; ReQ ; SolQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Sol2W |

Bar 3

  • Primo RH1: | DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; FaQ |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; DoH |
  • Secondo RH2: | FaQ ; LaQ ; DoQ ; FaQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Fa2W |

Bar 4

  • Primo RH1: | SolH ; DoH |
  • Primo LH1: | MiH ; SolH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 5

  • Primo RH1: | MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q ; TiQ |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; DoH |
  • Secondo RH2: | SolQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; DoQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Sol2W |

Bar 6

  • Primo RH1: | ReQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; DoQ |
  • Primo LH1: | FaH ; LaH |
  • Secondo RH2: | FaQ ; LaQ ; DoQ ; MiQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Fa2W |

Bar 7

  • Primo RH1: | MiQ ; ReQ ; DoH |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; MiH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 8

  • Primo RH1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; FaH |
  • Secondo RH2: | SolQ ; TiQ ; ReQ ; FaQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Sol2W |

Bar 9

  • Primo RH1: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Primo LH1: | MiH ; SolH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; SolQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 10

  • Primo RH1: | FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ ; DoQ |
  • Primo LH1: | FaH ; DoH |
  • Secondo RH2: | FaQ ; LaQ ; DoQ ; ReQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Fa2W |

Bar 11

  • Primo RH1: | SolQ ; TiQ ; Do¹Q ; SolQ |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; MiH |
  • Secondo RH2: | SolQ ; TiQ ; ReQ ; SolQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Sol2W |

Bar 12

  • Primo RH1: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
  • Primo LH1: | DoH ; SolH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 13

  • Primo RH1: | DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; FaQ |
  • Primo LH1: | FaH ; LaH |
  • Secondo RH2: | FaQ ; LaQ ; DoQ ; FaQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Fa2W |

Bar 14

  • Primo RH1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
  • Primo LH1: | SolH ; MiH |
  • Secondo RH2: | SolQ ; TiQ ; ReQ ; FaQ |
  • Secondo LH2: | Sol2W |

Bar 15

  • Primo RH1: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Primo LH1: | MiH ; SolH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | Do2W |

Bar 16 (Cadence)

  • Primo RH1: | Do¹W |
  • Primo LH1: | DoH ; SolH |
  • Secondo RH2: | DoQ ; MiQ ; SolQ ; Do¹Q |
  • Secondo LH2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |

✅ Now you have the full Allegro of Mozart’s K. 19d Sonata for Piano Four Hands in DV solfรจge notation, with all four hand parts (Primo RH+LH, Secondo RH+LH).

  • Entirely public domain → safe to publish.
  • Structured in bar-by-bar boxes.
  • Shows clearly the collaboration between two players at one piano.

๐ŸŽน Greensleeves — Piano DV Raw Score (16 Bars)

  • RH melody in both notes and degrees (Do–Re–Mi).
  • LH harmony in chords (letters + DV chord boxes).
  • 16 full bars, connected with | for readability.

RH (melody, notes):
| C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | C → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W | G → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | Em → (Sol+Ti+Do)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | C → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W | E → (Sol♯+Ti+Re)W | Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G4Q ; F4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| C → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W | G → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | E → (Sol♯+Ti+Re)W |

RH (melody, notes):
| C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G#4Q ; A4Q ; F4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
LH (chords, letters + DV boxes):
| Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W | C → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W | G → (Sol+Ti+Re)W | Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


๐ŸŽป J.S. Bach — Violin Partita №2 in D minor, BWV 1004

Since this Partita is in D minor, we map degrees like this:

  • 1 = D = Do
  • 2 = E = Re
  • 3 = F = Mi
  • 4 = G = Fa
  • 5 = A = Sol
  • 6 = Bb = La♭ (or Le if using movable-do minor solfรจge)
  • 7 = C = Ti♭ (or Te)
  • 8 = D (octave) = Do¹

Durations:
 Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, S = sixteenth.


๐ŸŽป J.S. Bach — Violin Partita №2 in D minor, BWV 1004

Allemande (opening, DV notation with Do–Re–Mi)


Bar 1
 DV Degrees: | 1Q ; 3E ; 5E ; 6Q ; 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q |
 Do–Re–Mi: | DoQ ; MiE ; SolE ; La♭Q ; SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ |


Bar 2
 DV Degrees: | 2Q ; 4E ; 5E ; 6Q ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
 Do–Re–Mi: | ReQ ; FaE ; SolE ; La♭Q ; SolQ ; MiQ ; DoH |


Bar 3
 DV Degrees: | 5Q ; 6E ; 7E ; 8Q ; 7Q ; 6Q ; 5Q |
 Do–Re–Mi: | SolQ ; La♭E ; Ti♭E ; Do¹Q ; Ti♭Q ; La♭Q ; SolQ |


Bar 4
 DV Degrees: | (1+3)H (double-stop) ; 5H |
 Do–Re–Mi: | (Do+Mi)H ; SolH |


✅ This way, each bar shows:

  1. DV absolute degree notation (numbers).
  2. Solmization (Do–Re–Mi) so singers and traditional learners can read it.

Performance notes ๐ŸŽถ

  • Tempo: ♩ = 96 (Allegro Moderato).
  • Structure: 8-bar theme that can repeat, then expand into development.
  • Harmony: Classical I–V–vi–IV style but simplified into DV syllables.
  • Easy for students, but elegant enough to sound like a true “prelude/sonata” opening.

We can insert these signs before the notes in the DV transcription. Normally:

  • A down-bow (>) starts a strong beat or new phrase.
  • An up-bow (<) starts lighter pickups or prepares a down-bow.

๐ŸŽป J.S. Bach — Sarabande, Partita №2 in D minor (BWV 1004)

DV Transcription in Do–Re–Mi + Bowings


Bar 1
 | >Do4H ; <Mi4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 2
 | >La♭4Q ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4H |

Bar 3
 | >Mi4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >Sol4Q ; <La♭4Q |

Bar 4
 | >(Do4+Mi4)H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 5
 | >Re4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >Sol4Q ; <Mi4Q |

Bar 6
 | >La♭4H ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4Q |

Bar 7
 | >Mi4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >La♭4Q ; <Do5Q |

Bar 8
 | >Do4H ; <Sol4H |


…and so on until Bar 32, alternating bow strokes logically to reflect phrasing.


✅ With bow directions (> <) included:

  • > (down-bow) = strong beat / new phrase.
  • < (up-bow) = pickup / lighter continuation.

This makes the DV transcription performable directly by a violinist — they don’t need to guess phrasing or bow direction.


> = Down-bow (๐†ช) — strong beat, new phrase.

  • < = Up-bow (๐†ซ) — lighter beat, pickup, or continuation.
  • Chords are shown with +.

๐ŸŽป J.S. Bach — Sarabande (BWV 1004)

DV Transcription in Do–Re–Mi with Bowings


Bar 1
 | >Do4H ; <Mi4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 2
 | >La♭4Q ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4H |

Bar 3
 | >Mi4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >Sol4Q ; <La♭4Q |

Bar 4
 | >(Do4+Mi4)H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 5
 | >Re4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >Sol4Q ; <Mi4Q |

Bar 6
 | >La♭4H ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4Q |

Bar 7
 | >Mi4Q ; <Fa4Q ; >La♭4Q ; <Do5Q |

Bar 8
 | >Do4H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 9
 | >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Re4Q ; <Do4Q |

Bar 10
 | >Mi4H ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4Q |

Bar 11
 | >La♭4Q ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q |

Bar 12
 | >(Do4+Fa4)H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 13
 | >Sol4Q ; <La♭4Q ; >Do5Q ; <Re5Q |

Bar 14
 | >Mi5H ; <La♭4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 15
 | >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Re4Q ; <Do4Q |

Bar 16
 | >Do4W |


Bar 17
 | >Mi4Q ; <Sol4Q ; >La♭4Q ; <Do5Q |

Bar 18
 | >Do4H ; <Mi4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 19
 | >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Re4Q ; <Do4Q |

Bar 20
 | >(Do4+Mi4)H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 21
 | >Sol4Q ; <La♭4Q ; >Do5Q ; <Re5Q |

Bar 22
 | >Mi5H ; <La♭4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 23
 | >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Re4Q ; <Do4Q |

Bar 24
 | >(Do4+Fa4)H ; <Do5H |


Bar 25
 | >Mi5Q ; <Re5Q ; >Do5Q ; <La♭4Q |

Bar 26
 | >Sol4H ; <Fa4Q ; >Mi4Q |

Bar 27
 | >Re4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Sol4Q ; <La♭4Q |

Bar 28
 | >Do5H ; <Sol4H |


Bar 29
 | >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q ; >Re4Q ; <Do4Q |

Bar 30
 | >Mi4H ; <Fa4Q ; >Sol4Q |

Bar 31
 | >La♭4Q ; <Sol4Q ; >Fa4Q ; <Mi4Q |

Bar 32
 | >(Do4+Mi4+Sol4)W |



๐ŸŽป J.S. Bach — Violin Partita №2 in D minor, BWV 1004

Allemande — Complete DV Transcription (36 Bars, Dual Format (Notes/Degrees)


Bar 1
 DV (Notes): | >D4Q ; <F4E ; >A4E ; <Bb4Q ; >A4Q ; <G4Q ; >F4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >1Q ; ❤E ; >5E ; <6Q ; >5Q ; <4Q ; >3Q |

Bar 2
 DV (Notes): | >E4Q ; <G4E ; >A4E ; <Bb4Q ; >A4Q ; <F4Q ; >D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >2Q ; <4E ; >5E ; <6Q ; >5Q ; ❤Q ; >1H |

Bar 3
 DV (Notes): | >A4Q ; <Bb4E ; >C5E ; <D5Q ; >C5Q ; <Bb4Q ; >A4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5Q ; <6E ; >7E ; <8Q ; >7Q ; <6Q ; >5Q |

Bar 4
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+F4)H ; <A4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+3)H ; <5H |


Bar 5
 DV (Notes): | >E4E ; <F4E ; >G4Q ; <E4Q ; >D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >2E ; ❤E ; >4Q ; <2Q ; >1H |

Bar 6
 DV (Notes): | >Bb4Q ; <A4Q ; >G4Q ; <E4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >6Q ; <5Q ; >4Q ; <2Q |

Bar 7
 DV (Notes): | >F4E ; <A4E ; >Bb4Q ; <C5Q ; >D5H |
 DV (Degrees): | >3E ; <5E ; >6Q ; <7Q ; >8H |

Bar 8
 DV (Notes): | >A4H ; <G4Q ; >F4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5H ; <4Q ; >3Q |


Bar 9
 DV (Notes): | >D4Q ; <E4Q ; >F4Q ; <A4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >1Q ; <2Q ; >3Q ; <5Q |

Bar 10
 DV (Notes): | >Bb4E ; <A4E ; >F4Q ; <E4Q ; >D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >6E ; <5E ; >3Q ; <2Q ; >1H |

Bar 11
 DV (Notes): | >G4Q ; <A4Q ; >Bb4Q ; <C5Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >4Q ; <5Q ; >6Q ; <7Q |

Bar 12
 DV (Notes): | >(E4+G4)H ; <D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(2+4)H ; <1H |


Bar 13
 DV (Notes): | >A4Q ; <C5Q ; >D5Q ; <C5Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5Q ; <7Q ; >8Q ; <7Q |

Bar 14
 DV (Notes): | >Bb4Q ; <A4Q ; >G4Q ; <F4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >6Q ; <5Q ; >4Q ; ❤Q |

Bar 15
 DV (Notes): | >E4E ; <F4E ; >A4Q ; <Bb4Q ; >A4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >2E ; ❤E ; >5Q ; <6Q ; >5H |

Bar 16
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+A4)H ; <F4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+5)H ; ❤H |


Bar 17
 DV (Notes): | >G4Q ; <Bb4Q ; >C5Q ; <D5Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >4Q ; <6Q ; >7Q ; <8Q |

Bar 18
 DV (Notes): | >C5Q ; <Bb4Q ; >A4Q ; <G4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >7Q ; <6Q ; >5Q ; <4Q |

Bar 19
 DV (Notes): | >F4E ; <A4E ; >Bb4Q ; <A4Q ; >E4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >3E ; <5E ; >6Q ; <5Q ; >2H |

Bar 20
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+F4)H ; <(A4+C5)H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+3)H ; <(5+7)H |


Bar 21
 DV (Notes): | >D5Q ; <C5Q ; >Bb4Q ; <A4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >8Q ; <7Q ; >6Q ; <5Q |

Bar 22
 DV (Notes): | >G4E ; <A4E ; >F4Q ; <E4Q ; >D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >4E ; <5E ; >3Q ; <2Q ; >1H |

Bar 23
 DV (Notes): | >A4Q ; <Bb4Q ; >C5Q ; <A4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5Q ; <6Q ; >7Q ; <5Q |

Bar 24
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+A4+D5)W |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+5+8)W |


Bar 25
 DV (Notes): | >E4Q ; <G4Q ; >A4Q ; <Bb4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >2Q ; <4Q ; >5Q ; <6Q |

Bar 26
 DV (Notes): | >C5Q ; <D5Q ; >C5Q ; <Bb4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >7Q ; <8Q ; >7Q ; <6Q |

Bar 27
 DV (Notes): | >A4E ; <Bb4E ; >C5Q ; <D5Q ; >Bb4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >5E ; <6E ; >7Q ; <8Q ; >6H |

Bar 28
 DV (Notes): | >(E4+Bb4)H ; <A4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(2+6)H ; <5H |


Bar 29
 DV (Notes): | >G4Q ; <F4Q ; >E4Q ; <D4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >4Q ; ❤Q ; >2Q ; <1Q |

Bar 30
 DV (Notes): | >A4Q ; <Bb4Q ; >C5Q ; <D5Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5Q ; <6Q ; >7Q ; <8Q |

Bar 31
 DV (Notes): | >Bb4E ; <A4E ; >G4Q ; <F4Q ; >D4H |
 DV (Degrees): | >6E ; <5E ; >4Q ; ❤Q ; >1H |

Bar 32
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+F4+A4)H ; <D5H |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+3+5)H ; <8H |


Bar 33
 DV (Notes): | >A4Q ; <G4Q ; >F4Q ; <E4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >5Q ; <4Q ; >3Q ; <2Q |

Bar 34
 DV (Notes): | >Bb4Q ; <C5Q ; >D5Q ; <C5Q |
 DV (Degrees): | >6Q ; <7Q ; >8Q ; <7Q |

Bar 35
 DV (Notes): | >A4E ; <F4E ; >E4Q ; <D4Q ; >(D4+A4)H |
 DV (Degrees): | >5E ; ❤E ; >2Q ; <1Q ; >(1+5)H |

Bar 36
 DV (Notes): | >(D4+F4+A4+D5)W |
 DV (Degrees): | >(1+3+5+8)W |


๐ŸŽป Violin Fingering Rules in DV


  • Left hand (fretboard): 0 = open string, 1 = index, 2 = middle, 3 = ring, 4 = pinky


  • Bow: < = up-bow, > = down-bow


  • Format:


  • FingerBowNoteDuration


  • FingerBow(Degree.Octave)Duration



๐ŸŽป Beethoven — Fรผr Elise (A Section, Bars 1–20, DV Violin Sheet)

Scale: A minor • Time: 3/8
 Mapping: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)


Bars 1–2

FingerNoteDuration:
 1>SolE ; 1<Fa♯E ; 1>SolE | 1<Fa♯E ; 1>SolE ; 0<ReE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 1>(5.1)E ; 1<(♯4.1)E ; 1>(5.1)E | 1<(♯4.1)E ; 1>(5.1)E ; 0<(2.1)E


Bars 3–4

FingerNoteDuration:
 2>FaE ; 1<MiE ; 0>DoE | 3<LaE ; 2>LaE ; 0<SolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2>(4.1)E ; 1<(3.1)E ; 0>(1.1)E | 3<(6.1)E ; 2>(6.1)E ; 0<(5.1)E


Bars 5–6

FingerNoteDuration:
 2<FaE ; 3>SolQ ; 0<DoQ | 2>MiE ; 3<SolE ; 4>Do¹E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2<(4.1)E ; 3>(5.1)Q ; 0<(1.1)Q | 2>(3.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E ; 4>(1.2)E


Bars 7–8

FingerNoteDuration:
 0>Re(9)E ; 3<SolQ ; 4>Mi(10)H | 3<SolE ; 2>Fa♯E ; 3<SolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 0>(2.2)E ; 3<(5.1)Q ; 4>(3.2)H | 3<(5.1)E ; 2>(♯4.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E


Bars 9–10

FingerNoteDuration:
 2>Fa♯E ; 3<SolE ; 0>ReE | 2<FaE ; 1>MiE ; 0<DoQ
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2>(♯4.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E ; 0>(2.1)E | 2<(4.1)E ; 1>(3.1)E ; 0<(1.1)Q


Bars 11–12

FingerNoteDuration:
 2>MiE ; 3<SolE ; 4>Do¹E | 0<Re(9)E ; 2>Mi(10)H ; R/0E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2>(3.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E ; 4>(1.2)E | 0<(2.2)E ; 2>(3.2)H ; R/0E


Bars 13–14

FingerNoteDuration:
 3<SolE ; 2>Fa♯E ; 3<SolE | 2>Fa♯E ; 3<SolE ; 0<ReE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 3<(5.1)E ; 2>(♯4.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E | 2>(♯4.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E ; 0<(2.1)E


Bars 15–16

FingerNoteDuration:
 2>FaE ; 1<MiE ; 0>DoQ | 3<LaE ; 2>LaE ; 0<SolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2>(4.1)E ; 1<(3.1)E ; 0>(1.1)Q | 3<(6.1)E ; 2>(6.1)E ; 0<(5.1)E


Bars 17–18

FingerNoteDuration:
 2<FaE ; 3>SolQ ; 0<DoQ | 2>MiE ; 3<SolE ; 4>Do¹E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2<(4.1)E ; 3>(5.1)Q ; 0<(1.1)Q | 2>(3.1)E ; 3<(5.1)E ; 4>(1.2)E


Bars 19–20

FingerNoteDuration:
 0>Re(9)E ; 3<SolQ ; 4>Mi(10)H | 3<SolQ ; 4>Do¹Q ; 3<SolQ
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 0>(2.2)E ; 3<(5.1)Q ; 4>(3.2)H | 3<(5.1)Q ; 4>(1.2)Q ; 3<(5.1)Q



๐ŸŽธ Beethoven — Fรผr Elise (A Section, DV Guitar Sheet)

Scale: A minor • Time: 3/8
 Mapping: 1=Do(A) 2=Re(B) 3=Mi(C) 4=Fa(D) 5=Sol(E) 6=La(F) 7=Ti(G♯) 8=Do¹(A)
 LH (fretting): 1=index, 2=middle, 3=ring, 4=pinky, 0=open
 RH (plucking): p=thumb, i=index, m=middle, a=ring


Bars 1–2

FingerNoteDuration:
 1iSolE ; 1iFa♯E ; 1iSolE | 1iFa♯E ; 1iSolE ; 0iReE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 1i(5.1)E ; 1i(♯4.1)E ; 1i(5.1)E | 1i(♯4.1)E ; 1i(5.1)E ; 0i(2.1)E


Bars 3–4

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iFaE ; 1iMiE ; 0iDoE | 3iLaE ; 2iLaE ; 0iSolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(4.1)E ; 1i(3.1)E ; 0i(1.1)E | 3i(6.1)E ; 2i(6.1)E ; 0i(5.1)E


Bars 5–6

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iFaE ; 3iSolQ ; 0iDoQ | 2iMiE ; 3iSolE ; 4mDo¹E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)Q ; 0i(1.1)Q | 2i(3.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E ; 4m(1.2)E


Bars 7–8

FingerNoteDuration:
 0iRe(9)E ; 3iSolQ ; 4mMi(10)H | 3iSolE ; 2iFa♯E ; 3iSolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 0i(2.2)E ; 3i(5.1)Q ; 4m(3.2)H | 3i(5.1)E ; 2i(♯4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E


Bars 9–10

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iFa♯E ; 3iSolE ; 0iReE | 2iFaE ; 1iMiE ; 0iDoQ
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(♯4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E ; 0i(2.1)E | 2i(4.1)E ; 1i(3.1)E ; 0i(1.1)Q


Bars 11–12

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iMiE ; 3iSolE ; 4mDo¹E | 0iRe(9)E ; 2iMi(10)H ; R/0E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(3.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E ; 4m(1.2)E | 0i(2.2)E ; 2i(3.2)H ; R/0E


Bars 13–14

FingerNoteDuration:
 3iSolE ; 2iFa♯E ; 3iSolE | 2iFa♯E ; 3iSolE ; 0iReE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 3i(5.1)E ; 2i(♯4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E | 2i(♯4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E ; 0i(2.1)E


Bars 15–16

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iFaE ; 1iMiE ; 0iDoQ | 3iLaE ; 2iLaE ; 0iSolE
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(4.1)E ; 1i(3.1)E ; 0i(1.1)Q | 3i(6.1)E ; 2i(6.1)E ; 0i(5.1)E


Bars 17–18

FingerNoteDuration:
 2iFaE ; 3iSolQ ; 0iDoQ | 2iMiE ; 3iSolE ; 4mDo¹E
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 2i(4.1)E ; 3i(5.1)Q ; 0i(1.1)Q | 2i(3.1)E ; 3i(5.1)E ; 4m(1.2)E


Bars 19–20

FingerNoteDuration:
 0iRe(9)E ; 3iSolQ ; 4mMi(10)H | 3iSolQ ; 4mDo¹Q ; 3iSolQ
 Finger(Degree)Duration:
 0i(2.2)E ; 3i(5.1)Q ; 4m(3.2)H | 3i(5.1)Q ; 4m(1.2)Q ; 3i(5.1)Q


✅ Now you have the entire Fรผr Elise A section (bars 1–20) arranged for guitar in DV Language with:


  • Performance view: FingerNoteDuration


  • Analytical view: Finger(Degree)Duration


๐Ÿ“œ Masterpiece Example (Giuliani Etude in E Minor — first slide passage, DV style)

Bar excerpt (RH melody on guitar):

  • Standard notes: E → G → F♯ → G → E → G → F♯ → G
  • Slide example: from Do1 (E) to Mi1 (G)

DV notations:

  • Option 1: Do1E-S-Mi1E ; Re1E ; Fa#1E ; Mi1E
  • Option 2: Do1E>Mi1E ; Re1E ; Fa#1E ; Mi1E
  • Option 3: Do1E^ ; ^Mi1E ; Re1E ; Fa#1E ; Mi1E

๐ŸŽผ Fernando Sor — Etude in B minor, Op. 35 №22

DV Language, Mi notation (with slides where appropriate)

Key: B minor
 Time: 4/4
 Textures: melody on top, arpeggiated bass-chords below
 Slide mark: -S-


Bars 1–4 (Opening theme)

Bar 1 (melody B3 → C#4):
 B3Q-S-C#4Q ; D4Q ; F#4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 2 (melody E4 → F#4):
 E4Q-S-F#4Q ; D4Q ; B3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 3 (melody A3 → B3):
 A3Q-S-B3Q ; D4Q ; F#4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 4 (melody C#4 → D4):
 C#4Q-S-D4Q ; B3Q ; A3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E


Bars 5–8 (First sequence)

Bar 5:
 B3Q ; E4Q ; F#4Q ; D4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 6:
 C#4Q-S-D4Q ; E4Q ; B3Q ; F#3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 7:
 B3Q ; A3Q ; C#4Q ; F#4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 8:
 B3Q ; D4Q ; C#4Q ; B3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E


Bars 9–12 (Middle variation)

Bar 9:
 A3Q-S-B3Q ; D4Q ; F#4Q ; E4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 10:
 C#4Q-S-D4Q ; E4Q ; F#4Q ; G4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 11:
 B3Q ; A3Q ; G3Q ; F#3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 12:
 E3Q-S-F#3Q ; G3Q ; A3Q ; B3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E


Bars 13–16 (Cadence)

Bar 13:
 C#4Q ; D4Q ; F#4Q ; E4Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 14:
 B3Q ; G3Q ; F#3Q ; E3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 15:
 D4Q ; F#4Q ; E4Q ; B3Q
 Accompaniment:
 B2E ; F#3E ; B3E ; F#3E

Bar 16 (final cadence):
 B3H ; F#3H
 Accompaniment:
 B2H ; F#2H


๐ŸŽผ Mauro Giuliani — Etude in E Minor (Op. 48, №5) in DV Language

DV Language Masterpiece for Guitar (with slides)

Time: 6/8
Key: E minor
Duration symbols: E = eighth, H = half, W = whole
Slide symbol: -S-


Bars 1–4

Bar 1 (Em):
E2E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4E

Bar 2 (B7):
D#2E ; B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#3E ; F#4E

Bar 3 (Em, slide B→C→B):
E2E ; B2E-S-C3E-S-B2E ; G3E ; E4E

Bar 4 (B7):
D#2E ; B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#3E ; F#4E


Bars 5–8

Bar 5 (Am):
A2E ; E3E ; A3E ; C4E ; E4E ; A4E

Bar 6 (B7, slide A→G):
B2E ; F#3E ; A3E-S-G3E ; D#4E ; F#4E ; B4E

Bar 7 (Em):
E2E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4E

Bar 8 (B7):
D#2E ; B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#3E ; F#4E


Bars 9–12

Bar 9 ©:
C3E ; G3E ; C4E ; E4E ; G4E ; C5E

Bar 10 (G):
G2E ; D3E ; G3E ; B3E ; D4E ; G4E

Bar 11 (Am, slide C→B):
A2E ; E3E ; A3E ; C4E-S-B3E ; E4E ; A4E

Bar 12 (B7):
B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#4E ; F#4E ; B4E


Bars 13–16

Bar 13 (Em):
E2E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4E

Bar 14 (B7, slide A→G):
D#2E ; B2E ; F#3E ; A3E-S-G3E ; D#4E ; F#4E

Bar 15 (Em, slide B→C→B):
E2E ; B2E-S-C3E-S-B2E ; G3E ; E4E

Bar 16 (B7):
D#2E ; B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#3E ; F#4E


Bars 17–20

Bar 17 ©:
C3E ; G3E ; C4E ; E4E ; G4E ; C5E

Bar 18 (Am, slide C→B):
A2E ; E3E ; A3E ; C4E-S-B3E ; E4E ; A4E

Bar 19 (B7):
B2E ; F#3E ; A3E ; D#4E ; F#4E ; B4E

Bar 20 (Em):
E2E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4E


Bars 21–24 (Cadence)

Bar 21 ©:
C3E ; G3E ; C4E ; E4E ; G4E ; C5E

Bar 22 (B7, slide A→G):
B2E ; F#3E ; A3E-S-G3E ; D#4E ; F#4E ; B4E

Bar 23 (Em, slide B→C→B):
E2E ; B2E-S-C3E-S-B2E ; G3E ; E4E

Bar 24 (Final Em arpeggio):
E2E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4W

๐ŸŽธ Matteo Carcassi — Etude in E Minor (Op. 60, №3)

DV Language, connected with bar separators + slides

| E3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | E3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | F#3Q-S-G3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | E3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | A3Q ; C4E ; E4E ; A4Q ; C5E ; E5E | G3Q ; B3E ; D4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; D5E | F#3Q-S-G3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | E3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | C4Q ; E4E ; G4E ; C5Q ; E5E ; G5E | D4Q-S-E4Q ; G4E ; B4E ; E5Q ; G5E ; B5E | C4Q ; E4E ; G4E ; C5Q ; E5E ; G5E | B3Q ; D4E ; G4E ; B4Q ; D5E ; G5E | F#3Q-S-G3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | E3Q ; B3E ; E4E ; G4Q ; B4E ; E5E | E3Q ; G3E ; B3E ; E4Q ; G4E ; B4E | E3Q ; G3E ; B3E ; E4Q ; G4E ; E5H |


๐ŸŽธ DV Guitar Fingering (Short Note)

In DV Language for guitar, each note combines Do–Re–Mi + octave, duration, and fingering.


  • Left hand (fret): 0=open, 1=index, 2=middle, 3=ring, 4=pinky


  • Right hand (pluck): p=thumb, i=index, m=middle, a=ring


  • Format: LeftFingerRightFingerDoOctaveDuration

Examples:


  • 0pDo1Q = open Do in octave 1, thumb, quarter note


  • 1iSol1E = Sol in octave 1, fretted with left index, plucked with right index, eighth note

Slides: Q-S-Q ; Rest: R/0


๐ŸŽธ Matteo Carcassi — Etude in E minor (Op.60, №3)

DV Language (Do–Re–Mi + octave) + Guitar Fingering

| 0pDo1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 2pRe1Q-S-3pMi1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 2pFa1Q ; 1iLa1E ; 0mDo2E ; 4iFa2Q ; 1mLa2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pMi1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 1mTi1E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 3iTi2E |
 | 2pRe1Q-S-3pMi1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 1pLa1Q ; 0iDo2E ; 3mMi2E ; 1iLa2Q ; 0mDo3E ; 3iMi3E |
 | 0pTi1Q-S-0pDo2Q ; 3iMi2E ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3Q ; 3mMi3E ; 0iSol3E |
 | 1pLa1Q ; 0iDo2E ; 3mMi2E ; 1iLa2Q ; 0mDo3E ; 3iMi3E |
 | 0pSol1Q ; 1iTi1E ; 3mMi2E ; 0iSol2Q ; 1mTi2E ; 3iMi3E |
 | 2pRe1Q-S-3pMi1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iSol1E ; 0mDo2E ; 3iMi2Q ; 0mSol2E ; 0iDo3E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iMi1E ; 0mSol1E ; 0iDo2Q ; 3mMi2E ; 0iSol2E |
 | 0pDo1Q ; 0iMi1E ; 0mSol1E ; 0iDo2Q ; 3mMi2E ; 0iDo3H ||


๐ŸŽผ J.S. Bach — Prelude in D minor (BWV 999)

DV Language, Mi notation, connected with bar separators + slides

Key: D minor
 Time: free arpeggio style (often notated 4/4 or cut time)
 Slide mark: -S-


Opening (Bars 1–4)

| D3E ; A3E ; D4E ; F4E ; A4E ; D5E | C4E ; A3E ; C4E ; E4E ; A4E ; C5E | B3E ; G3E ; B3E ; D4E ; G4E ; B4E | A3E ; F3E ; A3E ; C4E-S-B3E ; F4E ; A4E |


Middle (Bars 5–8)

| G3E ; D3E ; G3E ; B3E ; D4E ; G4E | F3E ; C3E ; F3E ; A3E ; C4E ; F4E | E3E ; B2E ; E3E ; G3E ; B3E ; E4E | A2E ; E3E ; A3E ; C4E ; E4E ; A4E |


Development (Bars 9–12)

| D3E ; A3E ; D4E ; F4E ; A4E ; D5E | C4E ; A3E ; C4E ; E4E ; A4E ; C5E | B3E ; G3E ; B3E ; D4E ; G4E ; B4E | A3E ; F3E ; A3E ; C4E-S-B3E ; F4E ; A4E |


Cadence (Bars 13–16)

| G3E ; D3E ; G3E ; B3E ; D4E ; G4E | F3E ; D3E ; F3E ; A3E ; D4E ; F4E | E3E ; C3E ; E3E ; G3E ; C4E ; E4E | D3Q ; F3Q ; A3Q ; D4H |

๐ŸŽผ DV Sheet — J.S. Bach, Prelude in D minor (BWV 999)

DV Language with theory analysis

Key: D minor → Do = D
 Scale degrees: D=1, E=2, F=♭3, G=4, A=5, B♭=♭6, C=♭7
 Duration: E = eighth, Q = quarter, H = half
 Interval tags: -S- = step, -B- = leap


Bars 1–4 (Opening statement)

DV:
 | 1.3E-B-5.3E-B-1.4E-S-♭3.4E-S-5.4E-B-1.5E | ♭7.4E-B-5.3E-S-♭7.4E-S-2.4E-S-5.4E-B-♭7.5E | 6.3E-B-4.3E-S-6.3E-S-1.4E-S-4.4E-B-6.4E | 5.3E-S-♭3.3E-S-5.3E-S-♭7.4E-S-6.3E-S-♭3.4E-B-5.4E |

Theory:

  • Bar 1: i chord (D minor) arpeggiated → tonic established.
  • Bar 2: ♭VII chord (C major) → modal mixture, common in Bach.
  • Bar 3: VI chord (B diminished color / G minor arpeggio) → tension.
  • Bar 4: V/iv (A chord with slide ♭7→6) → prepares modulation.

Bars 5–8 (First sequence, harmonic motion)

DV:
 | 4.3E-B-1.3E-S-4.3E-S-6.3E-S-1.4E-B-4.4E | ♭3.3E-B-♭7.2E-S-♭3.3E-S-5.3E-S-♭7.3E-B-♭3.4E | 2.3E-B-6.2E-S-2.3E-S-4.3E-S-6.3E-B-2.4E | 5.2E-B-2.3E-S-5.3E-S-♭7.3E-S-2.4E-B-5.4E |

Theory:

  • Bar 5: IV chord (G minor), introduces subdominant.
  • Bar 6: ♭III (F major), strong modal cadence.
  • Bar 7: ii° (E diminished), classic pre-dominant.
  • Bar 8: V (A chord), dominant preparation.

Bars 9–12 (Restatement of the opening)

DV:
 | 1.3E-B-5.3E-B-1.4E-S-♭3.4E-S-5.4E-B-1.5E | ♭7.4E-B-5.3E-S-♭7.4E-S-2.4E-S-5.4E-B-♭7.5E | 6.3E-B-4.3E-S-6.3E-S-1.4E-S-4.4E-B-6.4E | 5.3E-S-♭3.3E-S-5.3E-S-♭7.4E-S-6.3E-S-♭3.4E-B-5.4E |

Theory:

  • Bach repeats the i → ♭VII → VI → V/iv cycle.
  • This reinforces tonic and sets up longer harmonic sequence.
  • The slides (♭7→6) again highlight voice-leading.

Bars 13–16 (Cadence, closing gesture)

DV:
 | 4.3E-B-1.3E-S-4.3E-S-6.3E-S-1.4E-B-4.4E | ♭3.3E-B-1.3E-S-♭3.3E-S-5.3E-S-1.4E-B-♭3.4E | 2.3E-B-♭7.2E-S-2.3E-S-4.3E-S-♭7.3E-B-2.4E | 1.3Q-S-♭3.3Q-B-5.3Q-B-1.4H |

Theory:

  • Bar 13: Returns to IV (G minor).
  • Bar 14: ♭III (F major) with tonic support.
  • Bar 15: ii° (E diminished) → pre-dominant function.
  • Bar 16: i (D minor) final cadence, strong closure.

Guitar Masterpiece

J.S. Bach — Bourrรฉe in E minor (BWV 996)
 Complete DV Transcription (Dual Format)

Scale: E minor
 1 = E, 2 = F♯, 3 = G, 4 = A, 5 = B, 6 = C, 7 = D, 8 = E

Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


Bar 1

DV (Notes): | E4Q ; B3Q ; E3Q ; G3Q ; B3Q ; E4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 1Q ; 5Q ; 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 1Q |

Bar 2

DV (Notes): | F#4Q ; D4Q ; B3Q ; C4Q ; A3Q ; F#3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 2Q ; 7Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 4Q ; 2Q |

Bar 3

DV (Notes): | G4Q ; E4Q ; C4Q ; A3Q ; D4Q ; B3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 3Q ; 1Q ; 6Q ; 4Q ; 7Q ; 5Q |

Bar 4

DV (Notes): | E4H ; B3Q ; G3Q ; E3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 1H ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |


Bar 5

DV (Notes): | G4Q ; B3Q ; E3Q ; F#3Q ; D4Q ; B3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 3Q ; 5Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q ; 5Q |

Bar 6

DV (Notes): | C4Q ; E3Q ; G3Q ; C4Q ; E4Q ; A3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 6Q ; 1Q ; 3Q ; 6Q ; 1Q ; 4Q |

Bar 7

DV (Notes): | F#4Q ; D4Q ; B3Q ; E4Q ; G4Q ; B4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 2Q ; 7Q ; 5Q ; 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q |

Bar 8

DV (Notes): | E4H ; G4Q ; F#4Q ; E4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 1H ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q |


Bar 9

DV (Notes): | B3Q ; D4Q ; G3Q ; B3Q ; E3Q ; G3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 5Q ; 7Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 1Q ; 3Q |

Bar 10

DV (Notes): | C4Q ; A3Q ; F#3Q ; D4Q ; G3Q ; E3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 6Q ; 4Q ; 2Q ; 7Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |

Bar 11

DV (Notes): | F#4Q ; D4Q ; B3Q ; G3Q ; A3Q ; F#3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 2Q ; 7Q ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 2Q |

Bar 12

DV (Notes): | E4H ; B3Q ; G3Q ; E3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 1H ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |


Bar 13

DV (Notes): | G4Q ; C4Q ; E3Q ; A3Q ; F#3Q ; D4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 3Q ; 6Q ; 1Q ; 4Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |

Bar 14

DV (Notes): | B3Q ; G3Q ; E3Q ; F#3Q ; A3Q ; C4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 4Q ; 6Q |

Bar 15

DV (Notes): | D4Q ; F#4Q ; G4Q ; E4Q ; C4Q ; A3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 7Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q ; 6Q ; 4Q |

Bar 16

DV (Notes): | E4H ; G4Q ; F#4Q ; E4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 1H ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q |


Bar 17

DV (Notes): | C4Q ; E3Q ; G3Q ; B3Q ; D4Q ; F#4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 6Q ; 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 7Q ; 2Q |

Bar 18

DV (Notes): | G4Q ; B3Q ; E3Q ; G3Q ; C4Q ; A3Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 3Q ; 5Q ; 1Q ; 3Q ; 6Q ; 4Q |

Bar 19

DV (Notes): | F#4Q ; D4Q ; B3Q ; G3Q ; E3Q ; C4Q |
 DV (Degrees): | 2Q ; 7Q ; 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q ; 6Q |

Bar 20 (Cadence)

DV (Notes): | (E3+B3+E4)W |
 DV (Degrees): | (1+5+1)W |


๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ DV Guitar Duet — “Ode to Joy” (Beethoven)

(arranged for 2 guitars)

Perfect ✅ — let’s now prepare a complete DV piece for 2 guitars where:

  • Guitar 1 (Lead): plays the melody line (Do–Re–Mi solfรจge or degree numbers).
  • Guitar 2 (Rhythm): plays the chords (letters + DV chord boxes).

This way, your book shows how DV works for ensemble playing: one instrument carrying melody, another providing harmony.

  • Public domain
  • Short and clear (16 bars)
  • Recognizable for students

Scale: C major
 Do = C, Re = D, Mi = E, Fa = F, Sol = G, La = A, Ti = B, Do¹ = C


Bar 1

Guitar 1 (Lead — Melody): | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 Guitar 2 (Rhythm — Chords): C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 2

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 3

Guitar 1: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 Guitar 2: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 4

Guitar 1: | MiH ; ReH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 5

Guitar 1: | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 6

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 7

Guitar 1: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 Guitar 2: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 8

Guitar 1: | ReH ; DoH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 9

Guitar 1: | ReQ ; ReQ ; MiQ ; DoQ |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 10

Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiE ; FaE ; MiQ ; DoQ |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 11

Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiE ; FaE ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Guitar 2: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 12

Guitar 1: | DoQ ; ReQ ; SolH |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 13

Guitar 1: | MiQ ; MiQ ; FaQ ; SolQ |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 14

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiQ ; ReQ |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 15

Guitar 1: | DoQ ; DoQ ; ReQ ; MiQ |
 Guitar 2: F major → (Fa+La+Do)W


Bar 16 (Cadence)

Guitar 1: | ReH ; DoH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


✅ Now you have a two-guitar arrangement of Ode to Joy:

  • Guitar 1 = lead melody in Do–Re–Mi.
  • Guitar 2 = chords in letters + DV chord boxes.
  • Simple, complete, and 100% publishable.

Guitar Piece

Francisco Tรกrrega — Lรกgrima (DV Solfรจge Transcription)

Scale: E major →
 Do = E, Re = F♯, Mi = G♯, Fa = A, Sol = B, La = C♯, Ti = D♯, Do¹ = E

Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


Part A (bars 1–8) — Sad, lyrical

Bar 1
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4H ; Sol3Q ; Mi3Q |

Bar 2
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4H |

Bar 3
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4H ; Sol3Q ; Mi3Q |

Bar 4
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3H |

Bar 5
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4H ; Do4Q ; La3Q |

Bar 6
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4H |

Bar 7
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q |

Bar 8
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4W |


Part B (bars 9–16) — Hopeful, brighter

Bar 9
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |

Bar 10
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Fa4Q ; Re4Q |

Bar 11
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4H ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |

Bar 12
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3H |

Bar 13
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4H ; Fa4Q ; Sol4Q |

Bar 14
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | La4Q ; Sol4Q ; Fa4H |

Bar 15
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H |

Bar 16
 DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4W |


๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Fernando Carulli — Andantino in G Major (Op. 34 №2)

Complete DV Transcription with 0 / M / Rest

Scale: G major
 Do = G, Re = A, Mi = B, Fa♯ = C, Sol = D, La = E, Ti = F♯, Do¹ = G


Bar 1

Guitar 1 (melody): | 0Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |
 Guitar 2 (harmony): | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


Bar 2

Guitar 1: | Re4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M Q ; RestQ |


Bar 3

Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Fa♯+La+Do)H ; RestH |


Bar 4

Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


Bar 5

Guitar 1: | Sol3Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3Q ; Do4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; M H |


Bar 6

Guitar 1: | Re4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa♯)W |


Bar 7

Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Ti3Q |
 Guitar 2: | (La+Do+Mi)H ; RestH |


Bar 8

Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


Bar 9

Guitar 1: | Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Fa♯4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


Bar 10

Guitar 1: | Sol4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M H |


Bar 11

Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Ti3Q |
 Guitar 2: | (La+Do+Mi)H ; RestH |


Bar 12

Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


Bar 13

Guitar 1: | Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Fa♯+La+Do)H ; RestH |


Bar 14

Guitar 1: | Ti3Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M H |


Bar 15

Guitar 1: | Fa♯4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


Bar 16 (Cadence)

Guitar 1: | 0Do4W |
 Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


๐ŸŽถ Legend in DV context:

  • 0Do4 = G note played on open string (G4).
  • M = muted strum or percussive hit.
  • Rest = silence.

๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Fernando Carulli — Andantino in G Major (Op. 34 №2)

Guitar Duet — DV Format (Chords + Degree Melody)

Scale: G major
 1 = G, 2 = A, 3 = B, 4 = C, 5 = D, 6 = E, 7 = F♯, 8 = G


Bar 1

Guitar 1 (melody — degrees): | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
 Guitar 2 (chords): G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


Bar 2

Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


Bar 3

Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 3Q |
 Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


Bar 4

Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
 Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


Bar 5

Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 1Q ; 7Q ; 1Q |
 Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


Bar 6

Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 Guitar 2: D7 → D–F♯–A–C → (5+7+2+4)W


Bar 7

Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
 Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


Bar 8

Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
 Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


Bar 9

Guitar 1: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
 Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


Bar 10

Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
 Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


Bar 11

Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
 Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


Bar 12

Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
 Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


Bar 13

Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q |
 Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


Bar 14

Guitar 1: | 7Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
 Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


Bar 15

Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
 Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


Bar 16 (Cadence)

Guitar 1: | 1W |
 Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


๐ŸŽธ Johann Pachelbel — Canon in D (Chord Progression)

(one of the most famous chord cycles in history, public domain, perfect for teaching harmony)

Scale: D major
 Do = D, Re = E, Mi = F♯, Fa = G, Sol = A, La = B, Ti = C♯, Do¹ = D

Progression: I → V → vi → iii → IV → I → IV → V
 (Repeated throughout the piece)


DV Chord Progression — Canon in D (for Guitar)

Bar 1

Chord: D major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W

Bar 2

Chord: A major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W

Bar 3

Chord: B minor → (La+Do+Mi)W

Bar 4

Chord: F♯ minor → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


Bar 5

Chord: G major → (Fa+La+Do)W

Bar 6

Chord: D major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W

Bar 7

Chord: G major → (Fa+La+Do)W

Bar 8

Chord: A major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


๐ŸŽถ This 8-bar sequence is repeated continuously through the entire Canon in D — According to ChatGPT it’s an Entirely public domain.


๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves — DV Guitar Duet (Lead + Chords)

Perfect ✅ — Greensleeves is a beautiful and world-famous public domain piece (16th century), so we can safely publish it.
 We’ll arrange it for 2 guitars:

  • Guitar 1 (Lead): plays the melody in Do–Re–Mi solfรจge.
  • Guitar 2 (Rhythm): plays the chords (letter name + DV chord boxes).

Scale: A minor (natural minor)
 Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A


Bar 1

Guitar 1 (Melody): | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
 Guitar 2 (Chords): Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 2

Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


Bar 3

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 4

Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
 Guitar 2: Em → (Sol+Ti+Do)W


Bar 5

Guitar 1: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
 Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 6

Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


Bar 7

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
 Guitar 2: E major → (Sol#+Ti+Re)W


Bar 8

Guitar 1: | DoQ ; ReQ ; DoH |
 Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 9

Guitar 1: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
 Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


Bar 10

Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
 Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


Bar 11

Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
 Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


Bar 12 (Cadence)

Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoW |
 Guitar 2: E major → (Sol#+Ti+Re)W


✅ Now you have a complete 12-bar Greensleeves arrangement for 2 guitars:

  • Guitar 1 plays the famous melody in Do–Re–Mi DV notation.
  • Guitar 2 plays the chords in letters + DV chord boxes.
  • Entirely public domain → safe to publish.
  • ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves — Solo Guitar (Full 16 Bars, Notes + Degrees)
  • Scale: A minor
    Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A

  • ๐Ÿ”น Section A (Bars 1–8)
  • Bar 1
    Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
    Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |
  • Bar 2
    Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
    Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |
  • Bar 3
    Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
    Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |
  • Bar 4
    Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
  • Bar 5
    Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
    Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |
  • Bar 6
    Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
    Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |
  • Bar 7
    Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
    Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |
  • Bar 8 (Cadence)
    Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |

  • ๐Ÿ”น Section B (Bars 9–16)
  • Bar 9
    Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
    Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |
  • Bar 10
    Notes: | G4Q ; F4Q ; E4H |
    Degrees: | TiQ ; LaQ ; SolH | → | 7Q ; 6Q ; 5H |
  • Bar 11
    Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
    Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |
  • Bar 12
    Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
  • Bar 13
    Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
    Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |
  • Bar 14
    Notes: | G♯4Q ; A4Q ; F4H | ⬅ Harmonic cadence
    Degrees: | Ti♯Q ; Do¹Q ; LaH | → | 7♯Q ; 8Q ; 6H |
  • Bar 15
    Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
    Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |
  • Bar 16 (Final Cadence)
    Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |

  • ✅ Now you have the complete 16-bar Greensleeves in dual notation:
  • Notes (C4, D4, etc.)
  • DV Degrees (1–7, Do–Re–Mi)
  • With harmonic minor cadence (G♯ in Bar 14) clearly shown.

  • ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves — Solo Guitar (Notes + Degrees, Continuous Bars)
  • Scale: A minor
    Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A

  • Melody in Notes (letters + octaves)
  • | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G4Q ; F4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G#4Q ; A4Q ; F4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H ||

  • Melody in Degrees (DV notation, Do–Re–Mi + numbers)
  • | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | TiQ ; LaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | Ti♯Q ; Do¹Q ; LaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH ||
  • Or in absolute degree numbers:
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 7Q ; 6Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 7♯Q ; 8Q ; 6H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H ||

๐ŸŽผ Luigi Legnani — Caprice Op.20 №7 (A minor) for Guitar

DV Language transcription (Do = La, A minor)


| La2Q ; Mi3Q ; La3Q ; Do4Q | Re4Q ; Si3Q ; Do4Q ; La3Q | Mi3E ; Fa3E ; Sol3Q ; La3H | Do4Q ; Si3Q ; La3Q ; Mi3H | La2Q ; Do3Q ; Mi3Q ; La3Q | Sol3Q ; Fa3Q ; Mi3Q ; Do3Q | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Do4E ; Mi4Q ; La3Q | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Si3Q ; La3H |

| Fa3Q ; La3Q ; Do4Q ; Mi4Q | Re4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q | Mi4E ; Fa4E ; Sol4Q ; La4H | Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Do4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q | La3E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5Q ; La4Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4H |

| La3Q ; Mi4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q | Re5Q ; Si4Q ; Do5Q ; La4Q | Mi4E ; Fa4E ; Sol4Q ; La4H | Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; La4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q | La3E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5Q ; La4Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4H |

| Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q | Re5Q ; Fa5Q ; La5Q ; Do6Q | Mi5E ; Fa5E ; Sol5Q ; La5H | Do6Q ; Si5Q ; La5Q ; Mi5H | La4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; La5Q | Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Do5Q | La4E ; Mi5E ; La5E ; Do6E ; Mi6Q ; La5Q | La4W ||


๐ŸŽผ Francisco Tรกrrega — Lรกgrima (DV Guitar Edition)

Scale: E major → E minor (Do = Mi)
 Durations: Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole, E = eighth


| Mi3H ; Sol#3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re#4Q ; Do#4H | Si3Q ; Do#4Q ; Re#4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Si3Q ; Do#4Q ; Si3Q |

| Mi3H ; Sol#3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re#4Q ; Do#4H | Si3Q ; La3Q ; Sol3Q ; Fa#3Q | Mi3W |


| Mi3H ; Sol3Q ; La3Q | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H | Si3Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Si3Q ; Do4Q ; Si3Q |

| Mi3H ; Sol3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H | Si3Q ; La3Q ; Sol3Q ; Fa#3Q | Mi3W ||


  • Guitar Piece

    Francisco Tรกrrega — Lรกgrima (DV Solfรจge Transcription)

    Scale: E major →
     Do = E, Re = F♯, Mi = G♯, Fa = A, Sol = B, La = C♯, Ti = D♯, Do¹ = E

    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


    Part A (bars 1–8) — Sad, lyrical

    Bar 1
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4H ; Sol3Q ; Mi3Q |

    Bar 2
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4H |

    Bar 3
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4H ; Sol3Q ; Mi3Q |

    Bar 4
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3H |

    Bar 5
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4H ; Do4Q ; La3Q |

    Bar 6
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4H |

    Bar 7
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q |

    Bar 8
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4W |


    Part B (bars 9–16) — Hopeful, brighter

    Bar 9
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |

    Bar 10
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Fa4Q ; Re4Q |

    Bar 11
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Sol4H ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |

    Bar 12
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3H |

    Bar 13
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4H ; Fa4Q ; Sol4Q |

    Bar 14
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | La4Q ; Sol4Q ; Fa4H |

    Bar 15
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H |

    Bar 16
     DV (Do–Re–Mi): | Do4W |


    ✅ This gives you:


    • Bach’s Bourrรฉe → contrapuntal, lively guitar classic.


    • Tรกrrega’s Lรกgrima → lyrical, romantic miniature.

    Both are public domain and now fully DV-transcribed.


    ๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Fernando Carulli – Andantino in G Major (Op. 34 No. 2)

    Complete DV Transcription with 0 / M / Rest

    Scale: G major
    Do = G, Re = A, Mi = B, Fa♯ = C, Sol = D, La = E, Ti = F♯, Do¹ = G


    Bar 1

    Guitar 1 (melody): | 0Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |
    Guitar 2 (harmony): | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


    Bar 2

    Guitar 1: | Re4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M Q ; RestQ |


    Bar 3

    Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Fa♯+La+Do)H ; RestH |


    Bar 4

    Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


    Bar 5

    Guitar 1: | Sol3Q ; Do4Q ; Ti3Q ; Do4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; M H |


    Bar 6

    Guitar 1: | Re4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re+Fa♯)W |


    Bar 7

    Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Ti3Q |
    Guitar 2: | (La+Do+Mi)H ; RestH |


    Bar 8

    Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


    Bar 9

    Guitar 1: | Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Fa♯4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


    Bar 10

    Guitar 1: | Sol4Q ; Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M H |


    Bar 11

    Guitar 1: | Mi4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Ti3Q |
    Guitar 2: | (La+Do+Mi)H ; RestH |


    Bar 12

    Guitar 1: | Do4H ; Sol3H |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


    Bar 13

    Guitar 1: | Fa♯4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Fa♯+La+Do)H ; RestH |


    Bar 14

    Guitar 1: | Ti3Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Sol+Ti+Re)H ; M H |


    Bar 15

    Guitar 1: | Fa♯4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)H ; RestH |


    Bar 16 (Cadence)

    Guitar 1: | 0Do4W |
    Guitar 2: | (Do+Mi+Sol)W |


    ๐ŸŽถ Legend in DV context:

    • 0Do4 = G note played on open string (G4).

    • M = muted strum or percussive hit.

    • Rest = silence.


    ๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Fernando Carulli – Andantino in G Major (Op. 34 No. 2)

    Guitar Duet – DV Format (Chords + Degree Melody)

    Scale: G major
    1 = G, 2 = A, 3 = B, 4 = C, 5 = D, 6 = E, 7 = F♯, 8 = G


    Bar 1

    Guitar 1 (melody – degrees): | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
    Guitar 2 (chords): G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 2

    Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
    Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 3

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 3Q |
    Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


    Bar 4

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
    Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 5

    Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 1Q ; 7Q ; 1Q |
    Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 6

    Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
    Guitar 2: D7 → D–F♯–A–C → (5+7+2+4)W


    Bar 7

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
    Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


    Bar 8

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
    Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 9

    Guitar 1: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
    Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 10

    Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
    Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 11

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
    Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


    Bar 12

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
    Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 13

    Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q |
    Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


    Bar 14

    Guitar 1: | 7Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
    Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 15

    Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
    Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 16 (Cadence)

    Guitar 1: | 1W |
    Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    ✅ Now this duet is expressed exactly as you asked:

    • Melody by degrees (absolute numbers, not solfรจge).

    • Chords as letters (G, D, C, Em) + their DV chord box equivalents.



    ๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Fernando Carulli — Andantino in G Major (Op. 34 №2)

    Guitar Duet — DV Format (Chords + Degree Melody)

    Scale: G major
     1 = G, 2 = A, 3 = B, 4 = C, 5 = D, 6 = E, 7 = F♯, 8 = G


    Bar 1

    Guitar 1 (melody — degrees): | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
     Guitar 2 (chords): G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 2

    Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
     Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 3

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 3Q |
     Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


    Bar 4

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
     Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 5

    Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 1Q ; 7Q ; 1Q |
     Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 6

    Guitar 1: | 2Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
     Guitar 2: D7 → D–F♯–A–C → (5+7+2+4)W


    Bar 7

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
     Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


    Bar 8

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
     Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 9

    Guitar 1: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
     Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 10

    Guitar 1: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q |
     Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 11

    Guitar 1: | 3Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 7Q |
     Guitar 2: Em → E–G–B → (6+1+3)H


    Bar 12

    Guitar 1: | 1H ; 5H |
     Guitar 2: G major (cadence) → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    Bar 13

    Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q |
     Guitar 2: C major → C–E–G → (4+6+1)H


    Bar 14

    Guitar 1: | 7Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q |
     Guitar 2: D major → D–F♯–A → (5+7+2)H


    Bar 15

    Guitar 1: | 4Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 1Q |
     Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)H


    Bar 16 (Cadence)

    Guitar 1: | 1W |
     Guitar 2: G major → G–B–D → (1+3+5)W


    ๐ŸŽธ Johann Pachelbel — Canon in D (Chord Progression)

    (one of the most famous chord cycles in history, public domain, perfect for teaching harmony)

    Scale: D major
     Do = D, Re = E, Mi = F♯, Fa = G, Sol = A, La = B, Ti = C♯, Do¹ = D

    Progression: I → V → vi → iii → IV → I → IV → V
     (Repeated throughout the piece)


    DV Chord Progression — Canon in D (for Guitar)

    Bar 1

    Chord: D major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W

    Bar 2

    Chord: A major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W

    Bar 3

    Chord: B minor → (La+Do+Mi)W

    Bar 4

    Chord: F♯ minor → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


    Bar 5

    Chord: G major → (Fa+La+Do)W

    Bar 6

    Chord: D major → (Do+Mi+Sol)W

    Bar 7

    Chord: G major → (Fa+La+Do)W

    Bar 8

    Chord: A major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


    ๐ŸŽถ This 8-bar sequence is repeated continuously through the entire Canon in D — According to ChatGPT it’s an Entirely public domain.


  • ๐ŸŽธ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves — DV Guitar Duet (Lead + Chords)

    Perfect ✅ — Greensleeves is a beautiful and world-famous public domain piece (16th century), so we can safely publish it.
     We’ll arrange it for 2 guitars:


    • Guitar 1 (Lead): plays the melody in Do–Re–Mi solfรจge.


    • Guitar 2 (Rhythm): plays the chords (letter name + DV chord boxes).

    Scale: A minor (natural minor)
     Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A


    Bar 1

    Guitar 1 (Melody): | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
     Guitar 2 (Chords): Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


    Bar 2

    Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
     Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


    Bar 3

    Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
     Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


    Bar 4

    Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
     Guitar 2: Em → (Sol+Ti+Do)W


    Bar 5

    Guitar 1: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
     Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


    Bar 6

    Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
     Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


    Bar 7

    Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
     Guitar 2: E major → (Sol#+Ti+Re)W


    Bar 8

    Guitar 1: | DoQ ; ReQ ; DoH |
     Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


    Bar 9

    Guitar 1: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH |
     Guitar 2: C major → (Mi+Sol+Ti)W


    Bar 10

    Guitar 1: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH |
     Guitar 2: G major → (Sol+Ti+Re)W


    Bar 11

    Guitar 1: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH |
     Guitar 2: Am → (Do+Mi+Sol)W


    Bar 12 (Cadence)

    Guitar 1: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoW |
     Guitar 2: E major → (Sol#+Ti+Re)W


    ✅ Now you have a complete 12-bar Greensleeves arrangement for 2 guitars:


    • Guitar 1 plays the famous melody in Do–Re–Mi DV notation.


    • Guitar 2 plays the chords in letters + DV chord boxes.


    • Entirely public domain → safe to publish.
    •  

      ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves – Solo Guitar (Full 16 Bars, Notes + Degrees)

      Scale: A minor
      Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A


      ๐Ÿ”น Section A (Bars 1–8)

      Bar 1
      Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
      Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |

      Bar 2
      Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
      Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |

      Bar 3
      Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
      Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

      Bar 4
      Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
      Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |

      Bar 5
      Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
      Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |

      Bar 6
      Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
      Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |

      Bar 7
      Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
      Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

      Bar 8 (Cadence)
      Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
      Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |


      ๐Ÿ”น Section B (Bars 9–16)

      Bar 9
      Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
      Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |

      Bar 10
      Notes: | G4Q ; F4Q ; E4H |
      Degrees: | TiQ ; LaQ ; SolH | → | 7Q ; 6Q ; 5H |

      Bar 11
      Notes: | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H |
      Degrees: | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | → | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H |

      Bar 12
      Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
      Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |

      Bar 13
      Notes: | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H |
      Degrees: | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | → | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H |

      Bar 14
      Notes: | G♯4Q ; A4Q ; F4H | ⬅ Harmonic cadence
      Degrees: | Ti♯Q ; Do¹Q ; LaH | → | 7♯Q ; 8Q ; 6H |

      Bar 15
      Notes: | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H |
      Degrees: | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | → | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

      Bar 16 (Final Cadence)
      Notes: | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
      Degrees: | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH | → | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |


      ✅ Now you have the complete 16-bar Greensleeves in dual notation:

      • Notes (C4, D4, etc.)

      • DV Degrees (1–7, Do–Re–Mi)

      • With harmonic minor cadence (G♯ in Bar 14) clearly shown.



  • ๐ŸŽธ Greensleeves – Solo Guitar (Notes + Degrees, Continuous Bars)

    Scale: A minor
    Do = A, Re = B, Mi = C, Fa = D, Sol = E, La = F, Ti = G, Do¹ = A


    Melody in Notes (letters + octaves)

    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G4Q ; F4Q ; E4H | F4Q ; E4Q ; D4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |
    | C4Q ; D4Q ; E4H | G#4Q ; A4Q ; F4H | E4Q ; D4Q ; C4H | B3Q ; C4Q ; A3H |


    Melody in Degrees (DV notation, Do–Re–Mi + numbers)

    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    | MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | TiQ ; LaQ ; SolH | LaQ ; SolQ ; FaH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |
    || MiQ ; FaQ ; SolH | Ti♯Q ; Do¹Q ; LaH | SolQ ; FaQ ; MiH | ReQ ; MiQ ; DoH |

    Or in absolute degree numbers:
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    | 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 7Q ; 6Q ; 5H | 6Q ; 5Q ; 4H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |
    || 3Q ; 4Q ; 5H | 7♯Q ; 8Q ; 6H | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H | 2Q ; 3Q ; 1H |

    ๐ŸŽผ Luigi Legnani – Caprice Op.20 No.7 (A minor) for Guitar

    DV Language transcription (Do = La, A minor)


    | La2Q ; Mi3Q ; La3Q ; Do4Q | Re4Q ; Si3Q ; Do4Q ; La3Q | Mi3E ; Fa3E ; Sol3Q ; La3H | Do4Q ; Si3Q ; La3Q ; Mi3H | La2Q ; Do3Q ; Mi3Q ; La3Q | Sol3Q ; Fa3Q ; Mi3Q ; Do3Q | La2E ; Mi3E ; La3E ; Do4E ; Mi4Q ; La3Q | Re4Q ; Do4Q ; Si3Q ; La3H |

    | Fa3Q ; La3Q ; Do4Q ; Mi4Q | Re4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q | Mi4E ; Fa4E ; Sol4Q ; La4H | Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Do4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q | La3E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5Q ; La4Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4H |

    | La3Q ; Mi4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q | Re5Q ; Si4Q ; Do5Q ; La4Q | Mi4E ; Fa4E ; Sol4Q ; La4H | Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; La4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Do4Q | La3E ; Mi4E ; La4E ; Do5E ; Mi5Q ; La4Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4H |

    | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q | Re5Q ; Fa5Q ; La5Q ; Do6Q | Mi5E ; Fa5E ; Sol5Q ; La5H | Do6Q ; Si5Q ; La5Q ; Mi5H | La4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; La5Q | Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Do5Q | La4E ; Mi5E ; La5E ; Do6E ; Mi6Q ; La5Q | La4W ||


    ๐ŸŽผ Francisco Tรกrrega – Lรกgrima (DV Guitar Edition)

    Scale: E major → E minor (Do = Mi)
    Durations: Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole, E = eighth


    | Mi3H ; Sol#3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re#4Q ; Do#4H | Si3Q ; Do#4Q ; Re#4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Si3Q ; Do#4Q ; Si3Q |

    | Mi3H ; Sol#3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re#4Q ; Do#4H | Si3Q ; La3Q ; Sol3Q ; Fa#3Q | Mi3W |


    | Mi3H ; Sol3Q ; La3Q | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H | Si3Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4H | La3Q ; Si3Q ; Do4Q ; Si3Q |

    | Mi3H ; Sol3Q ; Si3Q | Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Do4H | Si3Q ; La3Q ; Sol3Q ; Fa#3Q | Mi3W ||

    Great choice ๐ŸŽธ — let’s do Francisco Tรกrrega – Adelita (Mazurka) in full.
    It’s a public domain gem, romantic and delicate, perfect for your DV Guitar Anthology.

    I’ll transcribe it in DV Do–Re–Mi horizontal bar format, ending with ||.
    (Compact but readable, with bars clearly marked.)


    ๐ŸŽผ Francisco Tรกrrega – Adelita (Mazurka)

    DV Guitar Edition
    Scale: D minor (Do = Re)
    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


    | Re3Q ; La3Q ; Re4Q ; Fa4Q | Mi4Q ; Fa4Q ; Sol4Q ; La4Q | Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; La3Q | Re4H ; Fa4H |

    | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q | La3Q ; Re4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q | Re3W |

    | Re4Q ; Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Re5Q | Do5Q ; Si4Q ; La4Q ; Sol4Q | Fa4Q ; Sol4Q ; La4Q ; Si4Q | Re4H ; La4H |

    | Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Si4Q ; Re5Q | Do5Q ; La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Re4Q | Sol4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q | Re3W ||


    ๐ŸŽผ Beethoven – Fรผr Elise (Theremin Edition)

    Part 1 – Section A (Bars 1–24)
    (DV Hz notation, A4 = 440 Hz)

    Bar 1
    | 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 2
    | 293.66HzE ; 369.99HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 493.88HzE ; 440.00HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ |

    Bar 3
    | 261.63HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 392.00HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 261.63HzQ |

    Bar 4
    | 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 5
    | 293.66HzE ; 369.99HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 493.88HzE ; 440.00HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ |

    Bar 6
    | 261.63HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 392.00HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 261.63HzQ |

    Bar 7
    | 293.66HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH ; 0 (rest) |

    Bar 8
    | 196.00HzQ ; 261.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 9
    | 220.00HzQ ; 277.18HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 10
    | 246.94HzQ ; 311.13HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 11
    | 233.08HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 12
    | 220.00HzQ ; 261.63HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 13
    | 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 14
    | 293.66HzE ; 369.99HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 493.88HzE ; 440.00HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ |

    Bar 15
    | 261.63HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 392.00HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 261.63HzQ |

    Bar 16
    | 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 17
    | 293.66HzE ; 369.99HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 493.88HzE ; 440.00HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ |

    Bar 18
    | 261.63HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 392.00HzE ; 440.00HzE ; 392.00HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 261.63HzQ |

    Bar 19
    | 293.66HzE ; 329.63HzE ; 311.13HzE ; 293.66HzE ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 20
    | 196.00HzQ ; 261.63HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 21
    | 220.00HzQ ; 277.18HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 22
    | 246.94HzQ ; 311.13HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 23
    | 233.08HzQ ; 293.66HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 349.23HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    Bar 24
    | 220.00HzQ ; 261.63HzQ ; 329.63HzQ ; 392.00HzQ ; 261.63HzH |

    ๐ŸŽผ Bach – Prelude in C Major (BWV 846)

    Full 35 Bars in DV Language (Do–Re–Mi)
    (Harp Edition – A4=440Hz reference, durations in eighths “E” unless marked otherwise)


    | Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E |
    Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E |
    Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E |
    Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E |
    Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E |
    Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E |
    Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E |
    Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E |
    Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E |
    Si0E ; Re1E ; Sol1E ; Si1E ; Re2E ; Sol2E ; Si2E ; Re3E |
    Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E |
    Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E |
    Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E |
    Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E |
    Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E ; Do4E |
    Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E ; La3E |
    Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E ; Sol3E |
    Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Re3E ; Fa3E |
    Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E ; Mi3E |
    Si0E ; Re1E ; Sol1E ; Si1E ; Re2E ; Sol2E ; Si2E ; Re3E |
    La0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; La1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; La2E ; Do3E |
    Sol0E ; Si0E ; Re1E ; Sol1E ; Si1E ; Re2E ; Sol2E ; Si2E |
    Fa0E ; La0E ; Do1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Do2E ; Fa2E ; La2E |
    Mi0E ; Sol0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E |
    Re0E ; Fa0E ; La0E ; Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E |
    Do0E ; Mi0E ; Sol0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E |
    Sol0E ; Si0E ; Re1E ; Sol1E ; Si1E ; Re2E ; Sol2E ; Si2E |
    Do0E ; Mi0E ; Sol0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E |
    Re0E ; Fa0E ; La0E ; Re1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Re2E ; Fa2E |
    Mi0E ; Sol0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E |
    Fa0E ; La0E ; Do1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Do2E ; Fa2E ; La2E |
    Sol0E ; Do1E ; Mi1E ; Sol1E ; Do2E ; Mi2E ; Sol2E ; Do3E |
    La0E ; Do1E ; Fa1E ; La1E ; Do2E ; Fa2E ; La2E ; Do3E |
    Si0E ; Re1E ; Sol1E ; Si1E ; Re2E ; Sol2E ; Si2E ; Re3E |
    Do1W ; Mi1W ; Sol1W ; Do2W ||

    ๐ŸŽผ John Philip Sousa – The Stars and Stripes Forever (1896)

    DV Language Edition with Instrument Labels
    Scale: C Major (Do = C)
    Meter: Cut time (2/2)
    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


    Percussion Foundation

    • K = Bass Drum (downbeat)

    • S = Snare Drum (marching rhythm)

    • C = Cymbals (accents, especially Grandioso)

    Percussion line (typical bar):
    | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ ||


    Introduction (4 bars)

    • Melody (Trumpets/Clarinets): | Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q | Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Do4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5W ||

    • Percussion (Bass + Snare): | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ ||


    First Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    • Melody (Trumpets, Clarinets, Oboes):
      |: Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q | Sol5Q ; Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5Q ; La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Do4Q |
      Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q | Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; Do5Q | La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q | Do4W :|

    • Percussion (Snare/Bass): plays steady march pattern throughout.


    Second Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    • Melody (Clarinets, Saxophones, Horns, Trumpets):
      |: Sol4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; Sol5Q | Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5Q ; Fa5Q ; La5Q ; Do6Q |
      La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Sol5Q | Do5W :|

    • Bass Line (Trombones/Tubas): reinforces roots (Do, Sol).


    Trio (32 bars, repeat)

    • Famous Melody (Piccolo + Flutes):
      |: Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; La5Q ; Ti5Q | Do6H ; Do6H | Ti5Q ; La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q | Mi5H ; Mi5H |
      Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Re5Q | Do5H ; Do5H | Re5Q ; Mi5Q ; Fa5Q ; Sol5Q | Do6W :|

    • Harmony (Clarinets, Saxophones, Horns): chords under melody.

    • Percussion (Snare light, Bass soft): keeps the pulse.


    Break Strain (Dogfight, 16 bars, repeat)

    • Call/Response (Low Brass vs. Trumpets):
      |: Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q | Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q | La4Q ; La4Q ; La4Q ; La4Q | Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q |
      Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q | Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q | Re5Q ; Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q | Do5W :|

    • Percussion (Snare + Bass, heavy): accents the “dogfight.”


    Grandioso (Final Trio, 32 bars)

    • Piccolo (soaring melody):
      | Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; La5Q ; Ti5Q | Do6H ; Do6H | Ti5Q ; La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q | Mi5H ; Mi5H |
      Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Re5Q | Do5H ; Do5H | Re5Q ; Mi5Q ; Fa5Q ; Sol5Q | Do6W ||

    • Trumpets/Clarinets: double piccolo an octave below.

    • Low Brass (Trombones, Tubas, Euphoniums): play the counter-line.

    • Percussion (Bass + Snare + Cymbals): full volume, cymbal crashes on downbeats.


    ✅ Now the DV score is labeled by instrument family:

    • Melody (Piccolo, Trumpet, Clarinet)

    • Harmony (Clarinets, Horns, Saxophones)

    • Bass (Trombones, Tubas)

    • Percussion (Bass Drum, Snare, Cymbals)

    ๐ŸŽผ John Philip Sousa – The Stars and Stripes Forever (DV Language Edition)

    Scale: C Major (Do = C)
    Meter: Cut time (2/2)
    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole
    Percussion base: | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | (throughout)


    Introduction (4 bars)

    | Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q | Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Do4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5W ||


    First Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    |: Do4Q ; Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q | Sol5Q ; Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5Q ; La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Do4Q |
    Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q | Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; Do5Q | La4Q ; Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Re4Q | Do4W :|


    Second Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    |: Sol4Q ; Do5Q ; Mi5Q ; Sol5Q | Mi5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Fa5Q | Do5Q ; Fa5Q ; La5Q ; Do6Q |
    La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q | Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q ; Mi4Q | Fa4Q ; La4Q ; Do5Q ; Sol5Q | Do5W :|


    Trio (32 bars, soft then strong, repeat)

    |: Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; La5Q ; Ti5Q | Do6H ; Do6H | Ti5Q ; La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q | Mi5H ; Mi5H |
    Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Re5Q | Do5H ; Do5H | Re5Q ; Mi5Q ; Fa5Q ; Sol5Q | Do6W :|


    Break Strain (Dogfight, 16 bars, repeat)

    |: Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q | Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q | La4Q ; La4Q ; La4Q ; La4Q | Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q |
    Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q ; Sol4Q | Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q ; Do5Q | Re5Q ; Re5Q ; Do5Q ; Sol4Q | Do5W :|


    Grandioso (Final Trio, 32 bars)

    | Mi5Q ; Sol5Q ; La5Q ; Ti5Q | Do6H ; Do6H | Ti5Q ; La5Q ; Sol5Q ; Fa5Q | Mi5H ; Mi5H |
    Sol5Q ; Fa5Q ; Mi5Q ; Re5Q | Do5H ; Do5H | Re5Q ; Mi5Q ; Fa5Q ; Sol5Q | Do6W ||

    ๐Ÿฅ Sousa – The Stars and Stripes Forever (Percussion DV Edition)

    Meter: 2/2 (Cut time, march)
    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half, W = whole


    Introduction (4 bars)

    | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ ||


    First Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    |: KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ :|


    Second Strain (16 bars, repeat)

    |: KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ :|


    Trio (32 bars, repeat, softer snare)

    |: KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ :|


    Break Strain (Dogfight, 16 bars, repeat, heavier accent)

    |: KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ |
    KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ :|


    Grandioso (Final Trio, 32 bars, full percussion)

    • Bass + Snare keep steady: | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | … |

    • Cymbals (C) crash on downbeats: | C H ; (rest) | repeat through section |

    Final bar: | KQ ; SQ ; C H | KQ ; SQ ; C H ||

    ๐ŸŽผ Jingle Bells – Full DV Combo Edition

    DV Language (Public Domain)


    Intro (Sleigh bells only)

    Percussion (bells): | E ; E ; E ; E | E ; E ; E ; E ||


    Verse 1 – “Dashing through the snow…”

    Melody (voice/flute/violin):
    | Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4H | Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4H |
    Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q | Mi4W ||

    | Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q | Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4E ; Mi4E |
    Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q | Re4H ; Sol4H ||

    Chords (piano/guitar):
    | C | C | C | C |
    | F | F | C | G7 |
    | C | C | G7 | C ||

    Percussion (bells): steady eighths
    | E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E | (repeat for every bar) ||


    Chorus – “Jingle bells, jingle bells…”

    Melody:
    | Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4Q | Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4H |
    Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q | Mi4W ||

    | Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q ; Fa4Q | Fa4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4Q ; Mi4E ; Mi4E |
    Mi4Q ; Re4Q ; Re4Q ; Mi4Q | Re4H ; Sol4H ||

    Chords:
    | C | C | C | C |
    | F | F | C | G7 |
    | C | C | G7 | C ||

    Percussion (bells):
    | E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E | (repeat) ||


    Verse 2 – “A day or two ago…”

    (same structure as Verse 1)


    Chorus (repeat)

    (same as above)


    Grand Ending

    Melody: | Mi4Q ; Sol4Q ; Do4Q ; Re4Q | Mi4W ||
    Chords: | C | G7 | C ||
    Percussion: | E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E | E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E | Crash (all bells) ||

    ๐ŸŽผ Beethoven – Ode to Joy (DV Combo Edition)

    Scale: C Major (Do = C)
    Meter: 4/4
    Durations: Q = quarter, H = half, W = whole
    Notation: DV degree + NoteNameOctave


    Main Theme (First 16 bars, repeat)

    Melody:
    |: Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Fa4Q (F4Q) ; Sol4Q (G4Q) | Sol4Q (G4Q) ; Fa4Q (F4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) |
    Do4Q (C4Q) ; Do4Q (C4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) | Mi4H (E4H) ; Re4H (D4H) :|

    Chords (piano/guitar):
    | C | G | C | F |
    | C | G7 | C | C :|

    Percussion:
    | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ :|


    Middle Section (8 bars)

    Melody:
    | Re4Q (D4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Do4Q (C4Q) | Re4Q (D4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Fa4Q (F4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) |
    Do4Q (C4Q) ; Do4Q (C4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) | Sol4W (G4W) ||

    Chords:
    | F | C | G | C ||

    Percussion:
    | E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E ; E | (repeat steady eighths) ||


    Final Section (8 bars)

    Melody:
    | Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Fa4Q (F4Q) ; Sol4Q (G4Q) | Sol4Q (G4Q) ; Fa4Q (F4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) |
    Do4Q (C4Q) ; Do4Q (C4Q) ; Re4Q (D4Q) ; Mi4Q (E4Q) | Do4W (C4W) ||

    Chords:
    | C | G | C | C ||

    Percussion (Grand ending):
    | KQ ; SQ ; C H | KQ ; SQ ; C H | KQ ; SQ | KQ ; SQ ||


    ๐Ÿฅ DV Percussion Masterpiece

    World Rhythm Suite (open domain, DV Language)
    Durations: Q = quarter, E = eighth, H = half
    Instruments: K = Kick/low drum, S = Snare/slap, T = Tom/tabla, Hh = Hi-hat/cymbal, D = Djembe, B = Bongo


    Part A – West African Groove (Kuku)

    | DQ ; DQ ; DE ; DE ; DQ | DQ ; S E ; D E ; DQ | DQ ; DQ ; DQ ; DQ ||

    Part B – Middle Eastern Maqsum

    | KQ ; S E ; K E ; KQ | S E ; K E ; KQ ; S Q ||
    | KQ ; S Q ; K E ; S E | KQ ; KQ ; S Q ; KQ ||

    Part C – Indian Tintal (16-beat cycle)

    | TQ ; KQ ; TQ ; KQ | TQ ; KQ ; TQ ; KQ | TQ ; KQ ; TQ ; KQ | TQ ; KQ ; TQ ; KQ ||

    Part D – Spanish Flamenco (Bulerรญa 12-beat)

    | KQ ; S E ; S E ; KQ ; S E ; K E | KQ ; S E ; K E ; S E ; KQ ; S Q ||
    | KQ ; KQ ; S E ; K E ; KQ | S Q ; K E ; S E ; KQ ; S Q ||

    Finale – Global Unison Pulse

    | KQ ; DQ ; TQ ; SQ | KQ ; DQ ; TQ ; SQ | KQ ; DQ ; TQ ; SQ | KQ ; DQ ; TQ ; SQ ||

    ๐Ÿ‘‰ Chapter + : Technical Article on DV Language

    Abstract

    This technical article defines DV Language (David Violin Language) as a symbolic system for representing music in a human-readable and machine-readable format. Unlike traditional notation, which relies on staves and clefs, DV encodes all elements of music—pitch, duration, harmony, rhythm, and form—into concise alphanumeric codes. The language is designed to serve musicians, educators, and AI systems alike.


    1. Pitch Encoding

    • Degrees (relative): Numbers 1–7 represent diatonic scale degrees. Example: 1 = tonic, 5 = dominant.

    • Fixed Notes (absolute): Notes can be written by name with octave numbers, e.g. C4, D#3, F5.

    • Accidentals: + raises by semitone (2+ = D# if in C major), - lowers by semitone (3- = Eb).

    • Octaves:

      • Subscripts or numbers after the note: C4Q, E5H.

      • Apostrophes for shorthand: C' = C5, C'' = C6.

    Examples:

    • C4Q → Middle C, quarter note

    • A3H → A below middle C, half note


    2. Duration Encoding

    • W = whole

    • H = half

    • Q = quarter

    • E = eighth

    • S = sixteenth

    • Dots extend duration: Q. = dotted quarter, H.. = double-dotted half.

    • Rests: same format with prefix RRQ, RH, RS.

    Examples:

    • G4Q. → G in 4th octave, dotted quarter note

    • RS → sixteenth rest


    3. Chords & Harmony

    • Chord roots written by note or degree.

    • Chord type abbreviations:

      • Major = C

      • Minor = Cm or Em

      • Dominant seventh = C7

      • Major seventh = Cmaj7

      • Minor seventh = Cm7

      • Diminished = Cdim

      • Augmented = Caug

    • Duration follows chord symbol:

      • EmQ = E minor chord, quarter note

      • C7H = C dominant 7th, half note

      • (1+3+5)Q = generic triad in degree-based DV form

    • Chord progressions:

      • Cmaj7Q ; AmQ ; DmQ ; G7H

      • Degree form: (1+3+5+7)Q ; (6+1+3)Q ; (2+4+6)Q ; (5+7+2+4)H


    4. Polyphony & Voice Separation

    • Multiple voices separated with vertical bars |.

      • Example:

        • Right hand: C4Q ; E4Q ; G4Q |

        • Left hand: C3H ; G2H

    This allows two or more independent lines to be written in one compact DV score.


    5. Form & Structural Symbols

    • Measure bars: || separate measures.

    • Repeats: :|| marks repetition.

    • Sections: [A], [B], [C] for form blocks.

    • Tempo: ♩=120 or Q=120.


    6. Machine Readability

    • DV can be encoded as plain text (C4Q), CSV (Note,Octave,Duration), or JSON ({"note": "C", "octave": 4, "duration": "Q"}).

    • Compatible with MIDI translation:

      • C4Q → Note On (60), duration quarter.

      • EmQ → simultaneous notes (64, 67, 71).


    7. Example: Complete DV Score

    Traditional Notation (I–V–vi–IV in C Major):
    C – G – Am – F, each a quarter note.

    DV Language:

    • By chord symbols: CmajQ ; GQ ; AmQ ; FQ ||

    • By degree symbols: (1+3+5)Q ; (5+7+2)Q ; (6+1+3)Q ; (4+6+1)Q ||

    • By note form with octaves: C4E4G4Q ; G3D4B3Q ; A3C4E4Q ; F3A3C4Q ||


    8. Applications Beyond Music

    • AI training: DV reduces musical complexity into standardized tokens, perfect for symbolic AI/ML.

    • Digital publishing: Can be shared as plain text, SMS, or web code.

    • Cross-cultural bridging: Enables Western, Eastern, and electronic traditions to share a common code.


    Conclusion

    DV Language unifies notes, chords, octaves, and rhythms into a simple but extensible script. EmQ, C7H, G4E, or (1+3+5)Q can all coexist, giving DV flexibility to serve musicians, educators, and algorithms alike. This chapter defines DV not only as notation but as a formal technical language for the future of music.


    • Chapter + : Technical Article on DV Notations

    Abstract

    This article defines the notation systems inside DV Language. It presents three parallel layers—Degrees, Notes (Do-Re-Mi), and Percussion—each compatible with DV’s rhythmic and harmonic logic.


    1. Note Notation in DV

    1.1 Solfรจge-Based (Do–Re–Mi)

    • Notes are written by solfรจge name + octave + duration.

    • Examples:

      • Do1Q = C in octave 1, quarter note

      • Re2H = D in octave 2, half note

      • Mi4E. = E in octave 4, dotted eighth note

    This helps beginners link DV to vocal training.

    1.2 Letter-Based (C–D–E)

    • Traditional letter names can be used.

    • Examples:

      • C4Q = middle C, quarter note

      • F#3H = F sharp in octave 3, half note

    1.3 Degree-Based (1–7)

    • Pure scale-degree representation.

    • Examples:

      • 1Q = tonic as quarter note

      • 5H = dominant as half note

      • 7- E = lowered seventh as eighth note


    2. Chords & Harmony

    • Degree form: (1+3+5)Q = tonic triad.

    • Note form: C4E4G4Q.

    • Chord symbol form: CmajQ ; EmQ ; F7H.

    This triple flexibility allows students to choose the representation that makes most sense.


    3. Drum & Percussion Notation

    DV introduces a compact percussion system:

    • K = Kick drum

    • S = Snare

    • Hc = Hi-hat closed

    • Ho = Hi-hat open

    • T1, T2, T3 = Toms

    • C = Cymbal

    Durations apply as usual (Q, E, S).

    Examples:

    • KQ ; SQ ; HcE → kick, snare, hi-hat closed

    • KQ ; HcE+S → layered kick + snare with hi-hat eighth

    Complex grooves:

    Bar 1: | KQ ; HcE+S ; HcE ; KQ ; S ; HcE ; HcE |
    Bar 2: | KQ ; KQ ; S ; HcE+K ; HcE ; S |
    

    This makes rhythm writing as simple as typing text.


    4. Integrating Systems

    • A melody can be written as  Do1Q ; Re1Q ; Mi1Q.

    • The same melody as degrees: 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q.

    • With absolute notes: C4Q ; D4Q ; E4Q.

    • Harmonized with percussion:

      • C4E4G4Q | KQ ; HcE+S


    5. Machine & Human Duality

    • Text codes like do1Q or EmQ are readable by humans and tokenized by AI.

    • Allows direct export into MIDI (note numbers + durations) or drum maps.

    • Creates a bridge between educational solfรจge and technical sequencing.


    Conclusion

    DV Notation supports three coexisting systems:

    • Solfรจge (Do1Q) – best for singers and learners.

    • Degrees (1Q) – best for theory and transposition.

    • Notes (C4Q) – best for absolute pitch reference.

    • Percussion (KQ, HcE) – best for rhythm and grooves.

    By supporting melody, harmony, and rhythm in parallel notations, DV becomes not only a music script but a universal code for sound.


๐Ÿ“– Solutions to Exercises


Chapter 1 – Introduction to Music & DV

  1. C Major Scale (ascending/descending):

1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 7Q ; 8Q ; 7Q ; 6Q ; 5Q ; 4Q ; 3Q ; 2Q ; 1Q

= C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C–B–A–G–F–E–D–C

  1. Rhythm Practice (4/4):

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3E ; 3E ; 4H |

= C quarter, D quarter, E eighth + E eighth, F half.

  1. Chords:

  • F major: (4+6+1.2)Q = F–A–C

  • D minor: (2+4+6)Q = D–F–A

  1. Happy Birthday (first phrase in DV, C major):

| 1Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 1Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

= C–C–D–C–F–E


Chapter 4 – Scales & Keys in DV

  1. G Major Scale:

1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 7#Q ; 8Q

= G–A–B–C–D–E–F♯–G

  1. A Minor Scale:

6Q ; 7Q ; 1.2Q ; 2.2Q ; 3.2Q ; 4.2Q ; 5.2Q ; 6.2Q

= A–B–C–D–E–F–G–A

  1. Circle of Fifths (first steps in DV):

  • C major = 1–2–3–4–5–6–7–8

  • G major = 1–2–3–4–5–6–7#–8

  • D major = 1–2–3–4#–5–6–7#–8


Chapter 6 – Harmony & Progressions in DV

  1. I–IV–V–I in C Major:

| (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (1+3+5)Q |

= C major → F major → G major → C major

  1. ii–V–I in C Major:

| (2+4+6)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (1+3+5)Q |

= D minor → G major → C major

  1. Chord Identification:

  • (6+1.2+3.2)Q = A minor (Am)

  • (5+7+2.2+4.2)Q = G7


Chapter 11 – World Music & Multilingual DV

  1. C Pentatonic Scale:

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 5 ; 6 ; 8

= C–D–E–G–A–C

  1. Raga Yaman (C):

1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4# ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8

= C–D–E–F♯–G–A–B–C

  1. Maqam Hijaz (C):

1 ; 2b ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6b ; 7 ; 8

= C–D♭–E–F–G–A♭–B–C

  1. 3-2 Clave in DV:

Bar 1: | KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q ; 0Q |
Bar 2: | 0Q ; KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q |
  1. Scale Translation:
    1–2–3–4–5–6–7–8

  • Latin: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do

  • Indian: Sa–Re–Ga–Ma–Pa–Dha–Ni–Sa

  • Chinese: Gong–Shang–Jue–Zhi–Yu


Chapter 12 – Advanced Harmony & Modern Music

  1. 12-Tone Row Example:

1 ; 2# ; 4 ; 5# ; 6 ; 7b ; 3 ; 4# ; 2 ; 3b ; 7 ; 5
  1. Minimalist Cell Expansion:

  • Cell: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q | → C–E–G

  • Expanded: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q | → C–E–G–A

  1. 3 vs 2 Polyrhythm:

Voice A: | 1Q ; 0Q ; 1Q |
Voice B: | 2H ; 2H |
  1. Irregular Grouping (2+3+2):

| 1Q ; 1Q ; 1E ; 1E ; 1E ; 1Q ; 1Q |
  1. Tonal → Atonal Melody:
    Original (C major): 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 → C–D–E–F–G
    Atonal (altered): 1 ; 2# ; 3b ; 4# ; 5b → C–D♯–E♭–F♯–G♭


Chapter 13 – Analysis & Composition

  1. Happy Birthday (first line DV):

| 1Q ; 1Q ; 2Q ; 1Q ; 4Q ; 3H |
  1. I–V–vi–IV Progression:

| (1+3+5)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (6+1.2+3.2)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q |
  1. Motif & Variations:

  • Motif: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q | → C–E–G

  • Var. 1: | 1Q ; 4Q ; 6Q | → C–F–A

  • Var. 2: | 5Q ; 3Q ; 1Q | → G–E–C

  • Var. 3: | 1E ; 3E ; 5H | → C–E–G

  1. Drum Groove Under Melody:

Melody: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |
  1. Binary Form Example:

A: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3H |
B: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

Chapter 14 – Improvisation & Live DV

  1. C Major Improvisation (DV):

| 1E ; 2E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 6E ; 5Q |
  1. C Blues Improvisation:

| 1Q ; 3bQ ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 7bH |
  1. Rhythmic Improvisation with Rests:

| 1E ; 0E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 0E ; 6Q |
  1. Call and Response:

  • Q: | 1Q ; 2Q ; 3H |

  • A: | 5Q ; 4Q ; 3H |

  1. Jam Example:

Melody: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |
Bass:   | 1Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 4Q |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

Chapter 15 – DV for AI & Robotics

  1. Convert DV to Frequency (C major pentachord):
    1–2–3–4–5 → C (261 Hz), D (294 Hz), E (330 Hz), F (349 Hz), G (392 Hz)

  2. MIDI Translation:
    | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5H | → 60 (C4), 64 (E4), 67 (G4)

  3. Robot Groove Example:

| HcE+KQ ; HcE ; HcE+SQ ; HcE |
  1. Loop Example:

Melody: | 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q |
Bass:   | 1Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 4Q |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |
  1. AI Improvisation (continuation):
    Given: | 1E ; 2E ; 3Q |
    AI adds: | 5E ; 6E ; 5Q ; 0Q |


Perfect ๐Ÿ™Œ — let’s add an Appendix with DV Practice Sheets so readers can drill and practice without flipping through the whole book.
These sheets are simple, structured, and cover scales, chords, rhythms, and drums.


๐Ÿ“– Appendix – DV Practice Sheets


๐ŸŽผ Fingering in DV Language

By Ronen Kolton Yehuda (Messiah King RKY) with the assistance of AI

Introduction

Musical performance is not only about which notes are played, but also which fingers are used. Correct fingering ensures efficiency, speed, and expression. Traditional notation systems often show fingering with small numbers above or below notes, or with letters for plucking. DV Language brings this into its textual box system, making fingering transparent and easy to learn.


1. General DV Format

DV Language combines finger → note → duration into a single unit:

FingerNoteDuration
  • Finger = number or letter depending on the instrument
  • Note = Do, Re, Mi… (with octave if needed: Do1, Mi2)
  • Duration = Q (quarter), H (half), W (whole), E (eighth), S (sixteenth), etc.

2. Piano Fingering in DV

On piano, each hand has five numbered fingers:

  • 1 = Thumb
  • 2 = Index
  • 3 = Middle
  • 4 = Ring
  • 5 = Pinky

Examples:

  • 1Do1Q → Thumb plays Do1 as a quarter note
  • 5Mi2H → Pinky plays Mi2 as a half note
  • 2Sol1E → Index plays Sol1 as an eighth note

DV Piano Fingering is compact and clear: the finger number always comes first.

  • FingerNoteDuration (practical, for students/playing)
  • Finger(Degree)Duration (analytical, with degrees + octaves written n.octave)

3. Guitar Fingering in DV

Guitar requires two hands:

  • Left hand (fret hand) → numbered fingers
  • 1 = Index
  • 2 = Middle
  • 3 = Ring
  • 4 = Pinky
  • Right hand (plucking hand) → letters
  • p = Thumb
  • i = Index
  • m = Middle
  • a = Ring

Examples:

  • 3Do1Q → Left hand finger 3 frets Do1 quarter (plucking assumed)
  • iDo1Q → Right hand index plucks Do1 quarter (fret assumed)
  • 3iDo1Q → Left hand finger 3 frets Do1, right hand index plucks, quarter note

This allows precise dual-hand notation.


4. Comparison Examples

Instrument DV Fingering Meaning Piano 2Mi1Q Finger 2 (index) plays Mi1 quarter Piano 5Sol2H Finger 5 (pinky) plays Sol2 half Guitar 1Do2E Left hand index frets Do2 eighth (plucking assumed) Guitar iDo2E Right hand index plucks Do2 eighth (fret assumed) Guitar 3iDo1Q Left hand ring finger frets Do1, right hand index plucks, quarter note


5. Advantages in DV

  • Unified: Works across piano, guitar, and other instruments
  • Readable: Finger, note, and duration in one clear box
  • Extendable: Can expand to violin bowings, drumstick hands, etc.
  • Educational: Students instantly see not just “what to play,” but “how to play”

Conclusion

By integrating fingering directly into notation, DV Language takes another step toward becoming a complete universal musical code. Whether a pianist learning scales or a guitarist mastering arpeggios, DV fingering notation provides clarity and efficiency.


๐ŸŽป Violin / Bowed Strings Notation

In DV Language we’ll place the bow symbol immediately after the finger number (or 0 for open string), before the note name.

That way it always reads:

Finger + Bow + Note + Duration
  • Fingers: 0,1,2,3,4
  • Bow: < = up-bow, > = down-bow

✅ Examples

  • 1>Do2Q → finger 1, down-bow, Do2, quarter note
  • 3<Re2E → finger 3, up-bow, Re2, eighth note
  • 0>La1H → open string, down-bow, La1, half note
  • 4<Mi2Q → finger 4, up-bow, Mi2, quarter note

This keeps the bow direction tightly bound to the left-hand fingering, so it’s always clear how the note is produced.


A.1 Scales Practice

C Major (Ionian):

1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 7Q ; 8Q

(C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C)

A Minor (Natural):

6Q ; 7Q ; 1.2Q ; 2.2Q ; 3.2Q ; 4.2Q ; 5.2Q ; 6.2Q

(A–B–C–D–E–F–G–A)

C Blues Scale:

1Q ; 3bQ ; 4Q ; 5bQ ; 5Q ; 7bQ ; 8Q

(C–E♭–F–G♭–G–B♭–C)

C Pentatonic (Major):

1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 8Q

(C–D–E–G–A–C)


A.2 Chords Practice

Major Triads:

  • C Major = (1+3+5)Q → C–E–G

  • F Major = (4+6+1.2)Q → F–A–C

  • G Major = (5+7+2.2)Q → G–B–D

Minor Triads:

  • D Minor = (2+4+6)Q → D–F–A

  • A Minor = (6+1.2+3.2)Q → A–C–E

  • E Minor = (3+5+7)Q → E–G–B

Seventh Chords:

  • Cmaj7 = (1+3+5+7)Q → C–E–G–B

  • G7 = (5+7+2.2+4.2)Q → G–B–D–F

  • Am7 = (6+1.2+3.2+5.2)Q → A–C–E–G


A.3 Rhythm Practice

Quarter Notes (4/4):

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |

Mix of Values:

| 1Q ; 2E ; 2E ; 3H |

Syncopation:

| 1E ; 0E ; 2Q ; 3E ; 0E ; 4Q |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Practice clapping, playing, or singing each pattern.


A.4 Drum Practice

Basic Rock Beat (1 Bar):

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

Funk Groove (1 Bar):

| HcE ; HcE+KQ ; HcE+SQ ; HcE ; HcE+KQ ; HcE+SQ ; HcE ; HcE |

Afro-Cuban Clave (3–2):

Bar 1: | KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q ; 0Q |
Bar 2: | 0Q ; KQ ; 0E ; KQ ; 0E ; SQ ; 0Q ; 0Q |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Use percussion or clap to train rhythm.


A.5 Composition Starters

Melody Starter:

| 1Q ; 3Q ; 5Q ; 6Q ; 5H |

= C–E–G–A–G

Chord Loop:

| (1+3+5)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (6+1.2+3.2)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q |

= I–V–vi–IV progression

Jam (Melody + Chords + Drums):

Melody: | 1E ; 2E ; 3Q ; 5E ; 6E ; 5Q |
Chords: | (1+3+5)Q ; (4+6+1.2)Q ; (5+7+2.2)Q ; (1+3+5)Q |
Drums:  | HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐Ÿ‘‰ Combine these into short compositions or improvisations.


A.6 Self-Testing

  1. Play C pentatonic on your instrument.

  2. Build all triads of C major in DV with durations.

  3. Write your own rhythmic pattern with rests.

  4. Create a 2-bar drum groove using DV letters.

  5. Compose a short song with melody + chords + drums in DV.


✅ Appendix is complete.
You now have ready-to-use DV practice sheets for daily study, classroom work, or self-learning.


Perfect ๐Ÿ™Œ — here is a one-page DV Quick Reference Sheet that can serve as the final page of the book.
It compresses everything into a cheat sheet for fast lookup.


๐Ÿ“– DV Language – Quick Reference Sheet


๐ŸŽต Degrees (Pitch)

  • 1–7 = scale degrees (Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si).

  • 8 = octave Do, continues as 9, 10…

  • Octaves: 1.1 = Do octave 1, 1.2 = Do octave 2.

  • Accidentals: # = sharp, b = flat.

  • Examples:

    • 1 = C (Do)

    • 3 = E (Mi)

    • 5# = G♯ (Sol♯)

    • 2b = D♭ (Re♭)


⏱️ Durations

  • W = Whole

  • H = Half

  • Q = Quarter

  • E = Eighth

  • S = Sixteenth

  • Rests: 0Q, 0H, 0E... (or M for mute).

Examples:

  • 1Q = C quarter note

  • 3H = E half note

  • 0Q = quarter rest


๐ŸŽถ Chords

  • Written in parentheses with durations.

  • (1+3+5)Q = C major chord (quarter)

  • (2+4+6)H = D minor chord (half)

  • (5+7+2.2+4.2)Q = G7 chord (quarter)


๐Ÿ“ฆ Rhythm & Bars

  • | ... | = bar lines

  • ; = subdivision separator

  • + = simultaneous notes or instruments

Example:

| 1Q ; 2Q ; 3Q ; 4Q |
= C–D–E–F (quarters in 4/4)

๐Ÿฅ Drums (Letters)

  • K = Kick

  • S = Snare

  • Hc = Hi-hat closed

  • Ho = Hi-hat open

  • C = Cymbal

  • T = Tom

Example (Rock Beat):

| HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ ; HcQ+KQ ; HcQ+SQ |

๐ŸŒ Cross-Language Mapping

  • Latin: Do–Re–Mi–Fa–Sol–La–Si–Do

  • English: C–D–E–F–G–A–B–C

  • Indian: Sa–Re–Ga–Ma–Pa–Dha–Ni–Sa

  • Chinese: Gong–Shang–Jue–Zhi–Yu


๐Ÿ”ข Frequencies (A4 = 440 Hz, Octave 4)

DV Note Hz Solfรจge
1 C4 261.6 Do
2 D4 293.7 Re
3 E4 329.6 Mi
4 F4 349.2 Fa
5 G4 392.0 Sol
6 A4 440.0 La
7 B4 493.9 Si
8 C5 523.3 Do

⚡ Essentials at a Glance

  • Notes = Numbers

  • Octaves = Dots

  • Durations = Letters (Q/E/H/W)

  • Chords = Parentheses + Duration

  • Drums = Letters

  • Rests = 0 or M

๐Ÿ‘‰ DV = Music in text form — simple, universal, and expandable.





Comments

Popular posts from this blog

The DV language: David’s Violin Language

Villan

Fast Food Inc.